CONTENTS

The Genus Pseuduvaria Pe Panera in Austraha

L.W. Jessup | } née beatae eo tl

Racosperma deitoideum (Cunn. ex G.Don) Pedley (Leguminosae: Mimo

soideae) and related species in northern Australia

L. Pedley Liat acta ek, Haun eg at eee 2 ts

Notes on Racosperma Martius (Leguminosae: sinha cas

L. Pedley aaa is il seks wae Sou opulete Meee oi! ays aa

Notes on Sapindaceae, V

S.T. Reynolds... .. .

Two new species of Notelaea Vent. KOlgnceney from south-eastern Queensland

G.P. Guymer .. . . Pet oc. rr

Racosperma Martius (Leguminosae: suaianians in Senne a checklist

L. Pedley py at, Ee sy EF ty ee PLR ge h E R ge LS

Racosperma Martius (Leguminosae:

checklist

L. Pedley

Mimosoideae) in New Zealand: a

Rediscovery and status of Adiantum whitei of Ee abel eee.

P.D. Bostock eA es

Revision of the Australian Vitaceae, 2. aaeinian Juss.

B.R. Jackes. ia one et bet oe oe

Annotated checklist of + Seupensta Hepaticae

J, Windolf . SET ace ade

Studies on the Australian Asclepiadaceae, Il. A new combination in Gymnema

R.Br.

P.I. Forster.... .

Three new species of Bonamia Thouars (Convolvulaceae) from Central

Australia

R.W. Johnson... ..

Two new species of Convolvulus L. (Convolvulaceae) from South Australia

R.W. Johnson. . Sal ary deel a Oe ara Leeda Eins REO els Bele ORBIT Tecate

A new species of Jsotropis Benth. and a new record of Daviesia Smith

(Fabaceae: Mirbelieae) from Queensland

M.D. Crisp. 2 tig Heese Way (te abet

NOTES

Paramignya Wight EIRP Leikonci in Australia

L. Pedley

Book Review

Corrigendum

Page

307

314

321

328

339

344

358

360

365

380

401

405

408

412

416

417

418

307

Austrobaileya 2(4): 307-313 (1987)

THE GENUS PSEUDUVARIA MIQ. (ANNONACEAE) IN

AUSTRALIA

L.W. Jessup

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068

Summary

Three new ae and one new variety in Pseuduvaria Mig. from north-eastern Queensland are described. They

are P. hylandti, P. villosa, P. mulgraveana vat. mulgraveana and P. mulgraveana var. glabrescens.

The palaeotropical genus Pseuduvaria currently with about 35 species was first

proposed by Miquel (1858) but remained in obscurity following inclusion in Mitrephora

by Bentham and Hooker (1862) until Merrill (1915) proposed its recognition and made

several new combinations. Sinclair (1955, 1956) and others accepted Merrill’s viewpoint

and published additional species.

In Australia, Mueller (1887) followed the Bentham and Hooker concept when

describing Mitrephora froggattii F.Muell. from Queensland. This species was transferred

to Pseuduvaria by Jessup (1986). Three new species and one new variety, all from north-

eastern Queensland, are here described.

Living plants of all species were studied. Floral and fruit measurements provided

were taken from material preserved in spirit.

PSEUDUVARIA

Pseuduvaria Miquel, Fl. Ind. Bat. 1(2): 32 (1858). Type: Pseuduvaria reticulata (Blume)

Miquel based on Uvaria reticulata Blume.

Dioecious shrubs or trees. Leaves with slightly curved, + parallel secondary veins; tertiary

venation scalariform-reticulate. Flowers cauline, ramal, axillary or sometimes terminal,

solitary or several, sometimes many in fascicles. Pedicels slender, slightly tapering,

thickened towards the flower; bracts 2, basal and submedial or suprabasal; articulation

between the bracts. Calyx lobes 3, valvate. Petals 6, in 2 series, valvate, outer 3 larger

than calyx lobes, spreading or reflexed; inner 3 larger than outer, each with a trullate,

broadly thombic or obtrullate blade and a narrow claw; blade margins coherent forming

a trifenestrate dome-like cap; blades with 2 raised glands on inner surface; claw shorter

than blade. Torus rounded, pilose. Male flowers: stamens ca 60, truncate-cuneate:

connective flat-topped, concealing anthers. Female flowers: staminodes usually 6-18.

Ovaries numerous, the peripheral ones incurved; ovules few, superposed; stigma sessile,

depressed capitate with an adaxial radial slit. Ripe monocarps sessile in Australian

species. Seeds 1-several, transverse ellipsoid with a circumferential groove.

Distribution: The genus is distributed through Burma, Indo-China and Malesia to Papua

New Guinea and Australia.

Key to Species

1. Pedicels eri mm MES submedial bract 1.2-3 mm ant Testa

rugose....... cn eer at 2

Pedicels 30-50 mm long; submedial bract 0.5-1 mm + ane Testa

scrobiculate .......... oes Aas Bia eee oath Ne by; 3

2. Flowers in cauline many-flowered fascicles as well as ramal and axillary;

pedicels rabont tia mm sO Glands on inner sears PED

raised, discrete ....... | . . .1. P. froggattii

Flowers ramal and axillary, sai or up to 4 per fascicle; pedicels

7-11 mm long. Glands on inner petals slightly raised, contiguous2. P. hylandii

308

3. Calyx lobes broadly ovate to depressed ovate, 1.5-2.2 mm long. Outer

petals obovate, suborbicular or depressed obovate, obtuse or very

shortly acuminate, 6~8 mm X 6—8 mm. Leaf undersurface and petiole

hirtellous, glabrescent ........................ 3, P. mulgraveana

Calyx lobes ovate or triangular, 2.5-4 mm long. Outer petals broadly

ovate, acute or acuminate, 10-15 mm x 8-10 mm. Leaf undersurface

and petiole villous .............................. 4 P. villosa

1. Pseuduvaria froggattii (F. Muell.) Jessup, Austrobaileya 2(3): 227 (1986).

Mitrephora froggattii F.Muell., Australas. J. Pharm. 2: 3 (1887). Syntypes: Mossman

River, Qlid., in 1886, W.Sayver 145 MEL 670807, W.Sayer 145 & W.Froggatt

MEL 670808, W. Sayer MEL 670809 (all MEL).

Tree to 8 m high and 15 cm d.b.h. Innovations pubescent, glabrescent. Leaves elliptic

to lanceolate, acuminate, glabrous. Lamina 10-20(-30) cm x 3-7(-9) cm; base obtuse

or rounded, rarely acute; midvein sunken above, raised below; secondary veins mostly

7-10 pairs. Petiole grooved above, 4-10 mm long, glabrous. Inflorescence cauline, ramal

or axillary in males, cauline or ramal in females; many-flowered fascicles if cauline or

ramal, or flowers solitary or few if axillary. Flowers + pendulous; pedicels 15-32 mm

long, puberulent; submedial bract 1.2-2 mm long. Calyx lobes broadly ovate or subor-

bicular, obtuse or shortly acuminate, 2-3 mm long, puberulent outside, glabrous inside.

Outer petals spreading, broadly obovate to suborbicular, obtuse or rounded, 9-9.5 mm

x 7.5-8 mm, puberulent, glabrescent outside, glabrous inside. Inner petals puberulent

outside, glabrous inside; dome 8.5-12 mm long and 9-12 mm diameter; blades 7-12

mm wide; glands prominently raised, discrete. Male flowers: stamens 0.6-1.1 mm X

0.7-0.8 mm. Female flowers: ovaries ca 38, pilose; ovules 2 or 3. Ripe monocarps

obovoid-ellipsoid or ovoid, 15-20 mm long, puberulent, orange-yellow. Seeds 1 or 2;

testa rugose, brown. Fig. 1.

Specimens examined, Queensland. CooK DISTRICT: Pilgrim Sands, NW of Cape Tribulation, 16°04’S, 145°27’E,

Nov 1984, Jessup 611 (BRLK,L,MEL,MO), 612 (BRILK,L,MO,QRS,U), Sep 1980, AfcKenzie (BRI); Oliver Creek,

16°06’S, 145°27’E, May 1972, Webb & Tracey 11590 (BRI), 16°08’S, 145°27’E, Oct 1979, Gray 1540 (BRI,QRS);

i6°00’S, 145°25’E, Oct 1975, Hyland 3337 R.F.K. (BRI,QRS); Portion 62 Alexandra, 16°10’S, 145°2S’E, Dec 1972,

Hyland 6611 (BRI,QRS), Dec 1973, Hyland 7173 (BRI,QRS), Oct 1975, Hyland 8481, 8482 (BRI,QRS); Stewart

Creek, Upper Daintree, 16°2-’S, 145°1-’E, Jan 1983, Sankowsky 248, 249 & Sankowsky (BRI); Intake, Mossman,

16°27'/S, 145°22’E, Sep 1948, Smith 3968 (BRI); Mossman Gorge, Oct 1964, Schodde 4162 (BRI); Mossman River

near entrance to Mossman Gorge National Park, 16°28’S, 145°21’E, Dec 1982, Jessup 543 (BRI,U), 546 (BRI,MEL),

547 (BRI,NSW), 548 (BRI,CANB); near lookout beside road from Julatten to Mossman, 16°33’S, 145°24’E, Dec

1982, Jessup 542 (BRI).

Distribution and Habitat: This species is recorded from north of Cape Tribulation to

just south of Mossman, in northern Queensland and occurs as a subcanopy tree in

mesophyll vine forest on lowlands and foothills on colluvia and metamorphics.

2. Pseuduvaria hylandii Jessup, sp. nov.

Arbor usque 13 m alta. Folia lanceolata vel elliptica, interdum oblanceolata, acuminata

vel acuta, glabra. Lamina 6-15(—20) cm longa et 2—6 cm lata; basi acuta interdum obtusa.

Petiolus 4-5 mm longus. Inflorescentia ramala, axillaris vel terminalis; flores solitari vel

in fasciculis usque 4. Pedicelli 7-11 mm longi, puberulenti; bractea submedia 2-3 mm

longa, subamplectens. Lobi calycis depressi ovati breviter acuminati, exter puberulenti

intra glabni. Petala exteriora late depressa ovata vel suborbicularia obtusa vel rotundata,

5.5-6 mm longa et 6-7 mm lata, exter pubescentia intra glabra. Petala interiora exter

velutinosa intra glabra; tholus 9.5-14 mm longus et 8-10 mm diametro; laminae 6.5-8

mm latae. Flores masculi: stamina 0.7-1 mm longa et 0.6-0.8 mm lata. Flores feminei:

ovaria circa 28, pilosa; ovula 2. Monocarpia matura obovoidea vel subglobularia, 17~—23

mm longa, puberulenta glabrescentia, armeniaca. Semina 1-2; testa rugosa, brunnea.

Typus: Timber Reserve 1230, Boonjee Logging Area, 17°22’S, 145°44’E, 6 Oct 1977,

B.Gray 731 (male) (holo: BRI; iso: QRS).

Tree to 13 m high and 30 cm d.b.h. Innovations puberulent, glabrescent. Leaves lanceolate

or elliptic, sometimes oblanceolate, acuminate or acute, glabrous. Lamina 6-15(—20) cm

x 2-6 cm; base acute, sometimes obtuse; midvein sunken above, raised below; secondary

veins mostly 7-10 pairs. Petiole + channeled above, 4-15 mm long, glabrous. Inflorescence

ramal, axillary or terminal; flowers solitary or in fascicles of up to 4. Pedicels 7-11 mm

309

opel,

1 et

coe a SO get

eral ae

men ¥

yy.

(

Fig. 1. Pseuduvaria froggattii. A. cauline inflorescence (Jessup 546) X 2. B. female flower with inner petals removed

(Jessup 546) X 2. C. inner petals (Jessup 546) X 2. D. fruit Jessup 612) X 1. E. L.S. monocarp with 2 seeds

(Sankowsky 248) X 1. P. Aylandii: F. inflorescence (Gray 731) X 2. G. male flower with inner petals removed

(Gray 731) X 2. H. inner petals (Gray 731) x 2. I. fruit (Hyland 7192) x 1. J. L.S. monocarp with 2 seeds

(Hyland 7192) X |.

310

long, puberulent; submedial bract 2-3 mm long, semi-clasping. Calyx lobes depressed

ovate, shortly acuminate, 2-3.5 mm long, puberulent outside glabrous inside. Outer

petals broadly or depressed ovate or suborbicular, obtuse or rounded, 5.5-6 mm X 6-7

mm, pubescent outside, glabrous inside. Inner petals velutinous outside, glabrous inside;

dome 9.5-14 mm long and 8-10 mm diameter; blades 6.5-8 mm wide; glands slightly

raised, contiguous. Male flowers: stamens 0.7-1 mm X 0.6-0.8 mm. Female flowers:

ovaries ca 28, pilose; ovules 2. Ripe monocarps obovoid or subglobular, 17-23 mm

long, puberulent, glabrescent, orange-yellow. Seeds | or 2; testa rugose, brown. Fig. 1.

Specimens examined. Queensland. Cook District: State Forest Reserve 310, Swipers Logging Area, 17°15/S,

145°45’E, Oct 1968, Hyland 1986 R.F.K. (BRI); West Muigrave River, 17°20’S, 145°47’"E, Nov 1982, Jessup 536

(BRI,K,QRS,U); Timber Reserve 1230, Boonjee Logging Area, 17°22’S, 145°44’E, Oct 1977, Gray 731 (BRI,QRS);

17°24’S, 145°45’E, Sep 1976, Hyland 3443 R.FLK. (BRI,QRS); 17°25’S, 145°45’E, Oct 1973, Hyland 2914 R.F.K.

(BRI,QRS); Dec 1973, Hyland 7155 (BRILQRS); Feb 1974, Hyland 7192 (BRI,QRS).

Distribution and Habitat: This species is known to occur only in the upper catchments

of the Mulgrave and Russell Rivers, in northern Queensland and occurs in mesophyll

vine forest on soils derived from metamorphics, sometimes basalt enriched.

Affinities: P. hylandii appears most closely related to P. froggattii and differs by being

not cauliflorous, by shorter pedicels, larger floral bract, smaller petals, and inner petal

glands being only slightly raised and contiguous.

Etymology: The species is named in honour of Mr. B.P.M. Hyland of Atherton who

collected the first specimens in 1968.

3. Pseuduvaria mulgraveana Jessup, sp. nov.

Arbor usque 7 m alta. Folia lanceolata oblanceolata obovata vel raro elliptica, acuminata

vel interdum acuta, supra glabra vel hirtella infra glabrescentia. Lamina 5-16 cm longa

et 2~7 cm lata; basi rotundata interdum parum cordata et asymmetrica. Petiolus 2-4

mm longus, hirtellus. Flores axillares, terminales vel superi ramali, pendentes solitari

vel increbre 2 vel 3 invicem maturantes. Pedicellii 30-40 cm longi, puberulenti; bractea

submedia 0.5~1 mm longa. Lobi calycis late ovati ad depressi ovati, obtusi acuti vel

breviter acuminati, 1.5~2.2 mm longi, exter puberulenti intra glabri. Petala exteriora

obovata suborbicularia vel depressa obovata, obtusa vel breviter acuminata, 6-8 mm

longa et 6-8 mm lata, exter puberulenta intra glabra. Petala interiora exter puberulenta

intra glabra; tholus 10-14 mm longus et 10.5-13 mm diametro; laminae 10-12 mm

latae. Flores masculi: stamina 1.1-1.3 mm longa et 0.8—-1 mm lata. Flores feminei: ovaria

circa 28, pilosa; ovula 1 vel 2. Monocarpia matura obovoidea rotundata vel breviter

acuta, 15-22 mm longa, puberulenta, armeniaca. Semina 1-2; testa scrobiculata, por-

phyrea. Typus: Queensland, Cook District: Goldsborough State Forest, Mulgrave River,

17°1S’S, 145°46’S, 11 Dec 1984, L.W Jessup 746 (male) (holo: BRI; iso: K,L,QRS).

Misapplied name: Mitrephora froggattii auct. non F.Muell.; B.P.M.Hyland, A Card

Key to the Rainforest Trees of North Queensland. Department of Forestry,

Queensland (1971); A Revised Card Key to the Rainforest Trees of North

Queensland, CSIRO, Melbourne (1982); J.G.Tracey, The Vegetation of the Humid

Tropical Region of North Queensland, CSIRO, Melbourne (1982).

Tree to 7m tall and 10cm d.b.h. Branchlets + flexuose. Innovations puberulent or

villous with light brown hairs. Leaves lanceolate, oblanceolate, obovate or rarely elliptic,

acuminate or sometimes acute, glabrous or hirtellous above, sparsely hirtellous, giabres-

cent below. Lamina 5-16 cm X 2-7 cm; base rounded, sometimes slightly cordate and

asymmetric, midvein sunken above, raised below; secondary veins mostly 7-10 pairs.

Petiole nearly flat above, 2-4 mm long, hirtellous. Flowers axillary, terminal or upper

ramal, pendulous, solitary or frequently 2 or 3 maturing successively. Pedicels 30-40

mm long, puberulent; submedial bract 0.5-1 mm long. Calyx lobes broadly ovate to

depressed ovate, obtuse, acute or shortly acuminate, 1.5-2.2 mm long, puberulent outside,

glabrous inside. Outer petals obovate, suborbicular or depressed obovate, obtuse or very

shortly acuminate, 6-8 mm X 6-8 mm, puberulent outside, glabrous inside. Inner petals

puberulent outside, glabrous inside; dome 10-14 mm long and 10.5-13 mm diameter;

blades 10-12 mm wide. Male flowers: stamens 1.1-1.3 mm X 0.8—1 mm. Female flowers:

ovaries ca 28, pilose; ovules 1 or 2. Ripe monocarps obovoid, rounded or shortly pointed,

15-22 mm long, puberulent, orange. Seeds 1 or 2; testa scrobiculate, red-brown. Fig. 2.

311

=a m= -

oe 4 a SS hf

id ig gd ee

ae i -

eA ty 2.

te a ge

. (eee

sled L oF!

* a ;

ree ed 1:

. - ° Ls te 4

- & KS 4 oot bee

re et et eT ie, it hh

Tye SE eS koe

i. i4i & 4 =

hal Pa a a: fie ™

a tas, 22; ee

in sea Se wea te at t 17 r

Eig . . Ke. aa * * a

er F * 4 ‘+ > ee ae

. Te Fe. a or

eh a Soe

* + at *

+ * =

“a”. *:

e*F

itil

Fa Z 4 = i

ONE Bee

.* k at +

+ 2 taeda

= +. r mal 2

at 5, rT = a

* *

Fig. 2. Pseuduvaria villosa: A. flower Gessup 472 & Tracey) x 2. B. male flower with inner petals removed

(Sankowsky 464) X 2. C. single inner petal (lessup 472 & Tracey) X 2. D. leaf (Jessup 472 & Tracey) X 1/2. P.

nulgraveana var. mulgraveana: E. flower (Jessup 746) X 2. F. female flower with inner petals removed (Jessup

604) X 2. G. single inner petal (Jessup 604) x 2. H. fruit (Sankowsky 356) * 1. J. L.S. monocarp with 2 seeds

(Sankowsky 356) X 1. J. leaf (Jessup 604) X 1/2. P. mulgraveana var. glabrescens: K. flower (Jessup 592) X 2.

312

Two varieties are recognised

3a. P. mulgraveana var. mulgraveana

Branchlets and petioles hirtellous; lamina hirtellous on both surfaces, longer and more

densely so along the veins on the lower surface.

Specimens examimed. Queensland, Cook DisTRICT: Goldsborough State Forest, Mulgrave River, 17°13’S, 145°46’E,

Feb 1982, Jessup 483 (BRI,L,QRS), 483A (BRI); 17°14’S, 145°46’E, Nov 1982, Jessup 534 (BRD, Nov 1984,

Jessup 604 (BRI), 606 (BRD, 607 (BRI, oe MO,QRS); IT 14/S, 145°46E, Dec 1984. Jessup 746 (BRI,K,L, ORS).

National Park Reserve 226 (Harvey Creek), 17°15'S, 145°50’ E, Jan 1972, Hyland 5787 (BRI,QRS); Harvey Creek,

Mar 1922, White (BRI); without date or collector AQ210630 (BRD; Bellenden Ker, Jan 1923, White (BRI):

Miriwinni, near Mt Bartle Frere, in 1962, Webb & Tracey 6680 (BRD).

Distribution and Habitat: This variety is found from the Mulgrave River to Miriwinni,

northern Queensland and occurs on alluvial terraces and footslopes in mesophyll vine

forest on soils derived from several mixed parent materials.

3b. P. mulgraveana var. glabrescens Jessup, var. nov. differt ab P. mulgraveana var.

mulgraveana indumento ramulorum et petiolorum brevissimo sparso et laminis

glabrescentibus. Typus: Queensland, Cook District: near Shoteel Creek, Clohesy

River, 16°56’S, 145°36’E, 27 Nov 1984, L.W.Jessup 590 (female) (holo: BRI; iso:

A,BRICANB,K,L,MEL,MO,NSW,QRS,U).

Distinguished from P. mulgraveana var. mulgraveana by the indumentum of the bran-

chiets and petioles being very short and sparse and the glabrescent leaves.

Specimens examined. Queensland. Cook District: Black Mountain road, N of Kuranda, Oct 1986,

Sankowsky 546 (BRI), near Shoteel Creek, Clohesy River, 16°56’S, 145°36’E, Nov 1984, Jessup 590

(A,BRI,CANB,K,L,MEL,MO,NSW,QRS,UV), 592 (BRLK,L,QRS), 594 (BRI): Freshwater Creek, near Cairns, Jun

1928, Francis (BRI): Cairns, in 1897, Nugent 188 (BRI); no date, Manski AQ210840 (BRI); Davies Creek, 17°05'S,

145°35'E, Aug 1954, Smith 5254 (BRI): in 1962, Webb & Tracey 7382 (BRI,CANB ORS); Lock Creek, ca 12

miles (20 km] along Davies Creek Forestry Road, Oct 1962, Smith 12064 (BRI): end of Davies Creek Road, Jan

1962, Webb & Tracey 5600 (BRI); State Forest Reserve 607, 17°05’S, 145°35’E, Oct.1967,.-Hyland-3795 (BRD;

State Forest Reserve 675, East Mulgrave Logging Area, 17° 05'S, 145° 40'E, Dec 1976, Hyland 9252 (BRI,QRS),

9253 (BRI,QRS); Jan 1977, Gray 268 (BRLQRS); State Forest 185, Danbulla, 17°O7'S, 145° 37’E, Nov 1982, Jessup

538 (BRI); Danbulla, 17°09’S, 145°37’E, Sep 1949, Byrne 2 (BRI).

Distribution and Habitat: This variety is found from just north of Kuranda to Little

Mulgrave River, in northern Queensland and occurs on uplands and foothills extending

in places down to lower footslopes in notophyll vine forest mostly on soils derived from

granite and metamorphic rocks.

Affinities: P. mulgraveana appears most closely related to P. villosa and both varieties

differ from it by obovate to depressed obovate and shorter outer petals and the abaxial

leaf surfaces being hirtellous, glabrescent.

Etymology: The valleys of the Mulgrave and Little Mulgrave River form a significant

and central part of the species’ distribution.

The Francis collection from Freshwater Creek was annotated by C.T.White

sometime after 1930 with the following note: ‘should say M. froggattii after examination

of the types C.T.W.’ This incorrect determination led to the subsequent misapplication

of the name Mitrephora froggattii to this species by Queensland botanists.

4, Pseuduvaria villosa Jessup, sp. nov.

Frutex vel arbor usque 4 m alta. Folia oblanceolata vel obovata, acuminata obtusa vel

acuta, supra hirtella glabrescentia infra villosa. Lamina 8-20 cm longa et 2-7 cm lata;

basi rotundata vel parum cordata. Petiolus 2-4 mm longus, villosus. Flores axillares

terminales vel superi ramali, pendentes solitari vel 2 vel 3 invicem maturantes. Pedicelli

30-50 mm longi, villosi; bractea submedia 0.8-1 mm longa. Lobi calycis ovati vel

triangulares, acuti 2.5-4 mm longi, exter pubescentes intra glabri. Petala exteriora late

ovata, acuta vel acuminata 10-15 mm longa et 8-10 mm lata, exter pubescenta intra

glabra. Petala interiora exter pubescenta intra glabra; tholus [1- 15 mm longus et 13-16

mm diametro; laminae 12-16 mm latae. Flores masculi: stamina 1.1-1.3 mm longa et

0.8-1 mm lata. Flores feminei: ovaria circa 40, pilosa; ovula | vel 2. Monocarpia matura

obovoidea vel ellipsoidea, 15-20 mm longa, puberulenta, armeniaca. Semina | vel 2;

testa scrobiculata, porphyrea. Typus: Queensland, Cook District: Crawford’s Lookout to

Tchupalla Falls track, Palmerston National Park, North Johnstone River, 17°37'S,

148°47’E, 15 Feb 1982, Jessup 472 & Tracey (male) (holo: BRI).

313

Shrub or small tree to 4 m high and 10 cm d.b.h. Branchlets + flexuose. Innovations

densely covered with long soft pale brown hairs. Leaves oblanceolate or obovate,

acuminate, obtuse or acute, hirtellous, glabrescent above, villous below. Lamina 8- 20

cm X 2-7 cm; base rounded or slightly cordate; midvein sunken above, raised below;

secondary veins mostly 8-10 pairs. Petiole 2- 4 mm long, villous. Flowers axillary,

terminal or upper ramal, pendulous, solitary or 2 or 3 maturing successively. Pedicels

30-50 mm long, villous; submedial bract 0.8-1 mm long. Calyx iobes ovate or triangular,

acute, 2.5-4 mm long, ‘pubescent outside, glabrous inside. Outer petals broadly ovate,

acute or acuminate 10-15 mm X 8-10 mm, pubescent outside, glabrous inside. Inner

petals pubescent outside, glabrous inside; dome 11-15 mm long and 13-16 mm diameter;

blades 12-16 mm wide. Male flowers: stamens |.1-1.3 mm X 0.8-—1 mm. Female flowers:

ovaries ca 40, pilose; ovules 1 or 2. Ripe monocarps obovoid or ellipsoid, 15-20 mm

long, puberulent, orange. Seeds 1 or 2; testa scrobiculate, red-brown. Fig 2.

Specimens examined. Queensland. COOK DISTRIcT: Berner Creek, Innisfail, Petrie 23 (BRI); Lower Palmerston

Highway, W of Innisfail, 17°34’S, 145°45’E, May 1972, Webb & Tracey 11446 (BRD); Gregory Falls, Lower

Palmerston via Innisfail, in 1962, Webb & Tracey 6595 (BRI); Crawford’s Lookout, 17°36’S, 145°47’E, Jan 1986,

Sankowsky & Sankowsky 464 (BRI), 464A (QRS); Crawford’s Lookout to Tchupalla Falls track, Palmerston

Nationa! Park, North Johnstone River, 17°37'S, 145°47’E, Feb 1982, Jessup 472 & Tracey (BRD, 472A (BRI,QRS);

Palmerston National Park, North Johnstone River, {7° 36'S. 145°46’E, Dec 1984, Jessup 745 (BRI); Liverpool

Creek, W of Silkwood, L7°44’S, 145°51’E, Dec 1984, Jessup 733 (BRI).

Distribution and Habitat: This species is found from the North Johnstone River to

Liverpool Creek, in northern Queensland and occurs in the understorey of complex

mesophyll vine forest on basalt derived soil or alluvial terraces formed substantially

from basaltic parent material .

Affinities: P.viliosa appears most closely related to P.mulgraveana and differs from it by

the broadly ovate, acute or acuminate outer petals and the abaxial leaf surfaces being

conspicuously villous.

Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the long soft hairs on the leaves and branchlets.

Acknowledgements

I am grateful for the assistance of Garry and Nada Sankowsky in collecting

specimens. Mr W.Smith produced the line drawings.

References

BENTHAM, G. & HOOKER J.D. (1862). Genera Plantarum 1: 27.

JESSUP, L.W. (1986). New Combinations in Australian Annonaceae. Austrobaileya 2(3): 227.

MERRILL, E.D. (1915). Studies on Philippine Annonaceae, !. The Philippine Journal of Science C. Botany 10(4):

254-256.

MIQUEL, F.A.G. (1858). Flora Indiae Batavae 1(2): 32.1859’.

MUELLER, F. (1887). New Australian Plants. Australasian Journal of Pharmacy 2: 3.

SINCLAIR, J. (1955). A revision of Malayan Annonaceae. The Gardens’ Bulletin Singapore \4(2): 149-516.

SINCLAIR, J. (1956). Notes on New Guinea Annonaceae, Part 1. The Gardens’ Bulletin Singapore 15(1): 4-13.

314

Austrobaileya 2(4): 314-320 (1987)

RACOSPERMA DELTOIDEUM (CUNN. EX. G.DON) PEDLEY

(LEGUMINOSAE: MIMOSOIDEAE) AND RELATED SPECIES

IN NORTHERN AUSTRALIA

L. Pediey

Queensland Herbarium, Meters Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068

Summary

New combinations are Racosperma deltoideum, R. adenogonium, R. froggattii, R. stipulosum and R. sublanatum,

based on Acacia deltoidea Cunn, ex G.Don, A. deltoidea var. pungens Benth., A. froggattii Maiden, A. stipulosa

F.Muell. and 4. sublanata Benth., respectively. All species are described. Notes on their geographic ranges and

habitats in the extreme north of Western Australia and in the Northern Territory and a key to their identification

are given. A. deltoidea is lectotypified.

If the treatment of Acacia Miller sens. lat. proposed by Pedley (1986) is accepted

then species currently referred to Acacia subg. Phyllodineae Seringe will have to be

transferred to Racosperma Martius. Though it would be desirable to make the transfers

en masse, practical considerations dictate a piecemeal approach. As the results of

revisionary studies are published individual authors will have to decide whether to

include Racosperma in Acacia or to treat 1t as a distinct genus. Having argued for the

latter course, I therefore make new combinations under Racosperma. Names are available

for = the described taxa under Acacia, though in the case of one species only at varietal

rank.

The species treated here constitute, with Racosperma pravifolium (F.Muell.) Pedley

and R. amblygonum (Cunn. ex Benth.) Pedley, the Triangulares group of Acacia section

Plurinerves in the classification of Pedley (1978). They have usually setaceous stipules

and plurinerved broadly falcate-ovate or triangular phyllodes. The flowers are in globular

heads, rarely spikes, on peduncles solitary in the axils. Maslin (1978) dealt with the 4-

merous members of the Triangulares group of Acacia section Phyllodineae and sum-

marised the various ways Bentham had treated Triangulares. The type species of

Bentham’s original Acacia subseries Triangulares is the uninerved Acacia biflora R.Br.

(syn. A. triangularis Benth.) (Pedley 1980). If the plurinerved species are considered to

constitute a subseries different from the subseries 7riangulares with uninerved species,

then it has no legitimate name. No attempt will be made to name or typify it here. A

detailed infrageneric classification of Racosperma would be of considerable value and

interest but requires an appraisal of approximately 750 species. Little can be achieved

in taking a group of only five of these in tsolation.

Relationships of R. deltoideum and its immediate allies are not clear. The lobing

of the calyxes and the striate corollas of some species, and the stipules of some suggest

an affinity with species of Racosperma section Lycopodiifolia. The calyxes of R. aden-

ogonium and R. deltoideum are similar, for example, to those of R. lycopodiifolium

(Cunn. ex Hook.) Pedley and Acacia adoxa Pedley (see Fig. 1d & g, Pedley 1972). The

characters may be the result of convergent evolution rather than an indication of true

affinities but, as the affinities of the Lycopodiifolia are not at all obvious, the possibility

of a relationship should not be dismissed.

Maiden (1920) when describing Acacia froggattii referred A. stipulosa to A. deltoidea

and accepted A. /uehmannil. Bentham (1864) had identified some specimens of Robert

Brown, allegedly collected in southern Australia, as A. sublanata, to which he referred

A. pravifolia. Court (1972) pointed out that Brown’s specimens came from northern

Australia and that A. sublanata and A. luehmannii were conspecific.

Distributions of species are given using the numbers of the map sheets of the

1:250 000 Topographic Map Series R502 produced jointly by the Divison of National

Mapping and the Royal Australian Survey Corps.

315

Key to Species

1. Leaves crowded on branchlets, narrowly oblong and obliquely curved or

somewhat triangular-ovate, ‘the upper margin curved but not abruptly

SO sez lasoveushlacsbnnnnaa dnberaxidsveacdddsaen cael biiehaed nashaca besdsheaueed ule ai tscana devhavedeeds ss 4, R. froggattii

Leaves not crowded, triangular, the lower margin + straight, the upper

WITH BH ADIUDE CHEVECOT -AIBIG oc creccsporavavsestesea vghenseneditundenshtaviuateqaertuentaqeededentedeastins ZL.

2. Corolla 2.7—~4 mm long, calyx 2.3-3 mm long, both irregularly lobed with

UPSEG: 1 TO BES c: ccicbectusciennseseturensatinhe bonpe conden baadsawnsesasedetiGeleeatetesndaxs 3. R. stipulosum

Corolla less than 2 mm and calyx less than 1 mm long, regularly 5-

STACE QUES: 5, se ycrasecegsetencbSiegcieeshag et tocuwacetsatelas reece teach onsect eet ea sats ates Wtauh sa ntel ttn Badan took 3.

3. Branchlets with indumentum of white crisped hairs to 1 mm long. Pods

linear, narrowed between the seeds, to 12.5 cm long, glabrous. Calyx

Tee Aram ene co acacia sieramm Ab mie MN Seu OM eos 5. R. sublanatum

Branchlets with straight hyaline hairs and shorter glandular ones. Pods

not narrowed between the seeds, to 6 cm long, with some long

multicellular hairs. Calyx with linear lobes as long as or up to twice

AS ONG AS, THE COPOUMES 25 2c. dociccesenursszncea ertctinty tbeehaasattauaeducedsshtignepsensileansiondatgblankeiys 4.

4. Phyllodes with gland at the angle conspicuously extruded, hairs not

glandular. Calyx lobes with spreading hairs along the whole length.

seeds tlongitudinal in the pod... eeecccseseesseseensseeceeees 2. R. adenogonium

Phyllodes with gland at the angle usually not conspicuously extruded,

some hairs glandular. Calyx lobes with glandular hairs at tip only.

NECOS (ANS VELSE Tit DGC eo pecs os aade ea wale hawsvelooush Scuctdadutinvnzehanipians 1. R. deltoideum

1. Racosperma deltoideum (Cunn. ex G.Don) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia deltoidea Cunn. ex G.Don, Gen. Hist. 2: 401 (1832); Bentham, Fi. Austral.

2: 378 (1864). Lectotype (designated here): Montague Sound, 3rd Voyage of

ae ee in 1820, Cunningham 293 (holo: BM n.yv.: iso: K, PERTH, photographs

OI DoT

Shrub to 3 m high. Branchlets with indumentum of gland-tipped hairs and longer (to

0.4 mm) straight hyaline hairs. Stipules 1.5 mm X ca 0.5 mm, indurated, acute with a

distinct midrib, often horizontally orientated. Phyllodes + sessile, triangular, the lower

margin usually only slightly curved, produced into a pungent point, the upper with a

definite angle, a gland, usually inconspicuous and rarely projecting, at the angle, rather

thick, 3 longitudinal veins and some coarsely anastomosing ones not conspicuous, truncate

or slightly concave on the margin between the gland and the point, 3-12(-20) mm xX

1.6-5.6 mm, 1-3.5 times as long as wide, measured across the phyllode from the gland,

the point 0.4—1.2 mm long, moderate indumentum similar to that of the stem. Heads

of 30-40 flowers on peduncles 6—-9(-16) mm long, single in the axils, the receptacle

sometimes slightly elongate, pubescent; bracteoles long-pointed, bent a little below the

middle sometimes projecting beyond the buds. Flowers 5-merous. Calyx 1 mm long, the

tube ribbed, the ribs produced into lobes about as long as the tube, membranous between

the ribs, hairs + restricted to the tips of the lobes. Coroila ca 1.6 mm long, with hyaline

hairs in the upper half. Stamens 3.5 mm long. Ovary minutely pubescent. Pod 6-8-

seeded, flat, oblong, to 4 cm long, 8-10 mm wide on a stipe 4 mm long, indumentum

of moderately dense, stiff, multicellular hairs to 0.9 mm long and much finer ones ca

0.3 mm long. Seeds arranged transversely, oblong, ca 5 mm X 2.5 mm; areole central

ages ca 2 mm X 0.4 mm; funicle cream, thickened and folded twice beneath the seed.

Fig. 2J-N.

Specimens examined. Western Australia. Above headwaters of Helby River, 14°41’S, 128°04’E, Mar 1978, Hartley

14819 (BRILCANB,PERTH); Euro Gorge, Drysdale River Nat. Park, 15° 08'S, 126°44E, Aug 1978, Kenneally 4363

(PERTH); Boomerang Bay, Bigge Is., Jun 1972, Marchant 72/ 116 (PERTH): Gorge, Lawley River, Jul 1921,

Gardner 996 & 1496 (PERTH), & s.n. (NSW); ‘Montague Sound, Sep 1820, Cunningham (K, PERT H, photo):

Boongaree Is., S side of Prince Frederick Harbour, 15°45’S, 125°10E, Jul 1973, Wilson 11372 (PERTH): Talbot

316

Bay, 23 km SE of Cockatoo Is., 16°15’S, 123°44’E, May 1983, Fryxeli & Craven 3893 (BRI,CANB); Hidden Is., _

Buccaneer Arch., [16°15’S, 123°29’E, Jun 1982, Kenneally 8365 (PERTH); Sunday Is., Buccaneer Arch., 16°25’S,

i23°i1’E, Jun 1982, Kenneally 8302 (PERTH), Nov 1906, ex Herb. Fitzgerald (NSW); Lachlan Is., Buccaneer

Arch., 16°38’S, 123°29’E, Jun 1982, Kenneally 8326 (BRI, PERTH); Stewart River valley, ca 82 km NNE of

Derby, 16°34’S, 123°29’E, Jul 1977, Telford 6310 & Butler (NSW); Manning Gorge, + 16°39’S, 125°55’E, Jun

1977, Maloney (NSW), George 15176 (PERTH); 40km SW of ‘Mt Barnett’ Stn, Phillips Range, 16°55’S, 125°48’E,

sep 1976, Guymer 601 (NSW), Plain Creek, W of ‘Beverley Springs’ H.S., Aug 1974, George 12228 (PERTH),

Kenneally 1988 (PERTH); Fitzroy River, in 1879, Forrest (NSW,PERTH), Kings Sound, in 1869, Hughes

(MEL,NSW); N.W. Coast, Cunningham (K).

Distribution: Western Australia in Gardner Botanical District, on shallow soil derived

from limestone (1:250 000 map sheets: D51-12,16; D52-9,10; E51~3,4).

Lectotypification of the name Acacia deltoidea is necessary. Don’s description of

the species was probably based on a number of Cunningham’s collections at the British

Museum (Natural History), including one now referred to Racosperma adenogonium.

As the protologue could apply to either species the lectotype is chosen to ensure that

the generally accepted application of the name Acacia deltoidea is unchanged.The Forrest

specimen cited above, which originated from the National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL),

was determined there as Acacia stipulosa. The determination was later confirmed by

C.A.Gardner who annotated the PERTH sheet ‘Acacia stipulosa FvM/Agrees with the

type’. This specimen or a duplicate may have been the source of the widespread belief

that A. stipulosa and A. deltoidea were conspecific. Maiden (1920) placed A. stipulosa in

the synonymy of A. deltoidea on the basis of the specimen ‘comm. Dr.F.Stoward’.

Stoward who was botanist with the Department of Agriculture of Western Australia

from 1911 to 1917 (Hall 1978) probably passed on to Maiden part of the specimen

received from Melbourne.

Gardner 996 & 1496 appear to constitute a single collection. They were collected

at the same place on the same day. Their phyllodes (2 cm long) are about twice as m5

as those of other specimens but certainly should be referred to R. deltoideum. Kenneally

8365 and Fryxell & Craven 3893 have a conspicuous projecting gland similar to that of

R. adenogonium, but the floral structure and indumentum suggest that they should be

placed in R. deltoideum. Another collection, Fitzgerald 1421 (Edkins Range, Aug

1905 - see Fig. 1J & K) is more aberrant. Its phyllodes are small, though within the

normal size range, with a somewhat projecting gland, and can scarcely be described as

triangular. Because of its glandular hairs it is placed in R. deltoideum. Its flowers are

too immature to be of value in identification.

2. Racosperma adenogonium Pedley, nom. et stat. nov.

Acacia deltoidea var. pungens Bentham, London J. Bot. 1: 333 (1842). Type: Western

Australia: Greville Is., Cunningham (holo: K).

Dense shrub to 2 m high. Branchlets with indumentum of moderate to dense spreading

hairs, sometimes with some shorter glandular hairs, occasionally the indumentum

becoming sparse and the glandular hairs conspicuous. Stipules indurated, curved upwards,

2.5-5.5 mm long, united at the base sometimes for a quarter of their length. Phyllodes

+ sessile, similar in shape to those of R. deltoideum but not as thick, the gland at the

angle often conspicuously extruded, 3-6 iongitudinal nerves prominent, scarcely any

anastomoses between them, 3-15 mm X 1.6-—7 mm, 1.5-3 times as long as wide, the

point 0.5-2 mm long, indumentum of non-glandular hairs densest on veins. Heads of

40-60 flowers on peduncles 5-10 mm long, single in the axils, receptacle pubescent;

bracteoles bent about one-third their length, narrowed into a long point with long hairs

(0.2 mm long). Flowers 5-merous. Calyx 0.6—0.8 mm long, the tube glabrous, membranous

with distinct ribs, the ribs produced into lobes as long as, or twice as long as the tube,

hispidulous with hairs ca 0.3 mm long. Corolla 1.6-1.7 mm long, lobed to the middle,

the lobes with a distinct midrib and hairs in the upper half. Stamens ca 3.5 mm long.

Ovary minutely pubescent. Pod to ca 10-seeded, + flat though raised over the seeds, to

6 cm long, 8 mm wide, indumentum of sparse erect multicellular hairs to 0.7 mm long

and denser finer ones about one-third as long. Seeds arranged + longitudinally, oblong,

5.5-6 mm X 3-3.5 mm; areole central, closed, pale, 2-3 mm X Q.6-0.8 mm; funicle

cream, markedly thickened, folded twice beneath the seed. Fig.1E-I.

Specimens examined. Western Australia. Camden Harbour, Maitland Brown (MEL); Unwin Is., Brunswick Bay,

15°18’S, 124°48’E, Jul 1973, Wilson 11445 (PERTH); Augustus Is., 15°25’S, 124°35’E, May 1972, Wilson 10702

& s.n. (sterile) (PERTH); Regents River, Voyage of Bathurst, in 1821-2, Cunningham 323 (BM, n.v., PERTH,

photo); Gibb River road, + 17 miles [27 km] N from turn-off to ‘Mt House’ Homestead, Jul 1974, Willis &

Beauglehole (MEL,NSW,PERTH).

eh te oe at

hr ae ae Hutt a le

z Fe ae aren Es ee

a te ‘4

: ant

Tye eg ‘ he

Pr whe “t 4, feat a t lead

Se a a: ees

Lil att lll Ag he Ll

* a’

wee

oe a howe e te ®

a“ a ed ; ‘ “.

in is”

ue oF ee

re oF } -

; oe, ah

ra, xy -

Fig. 1. Racosperma stipulosum: A. flowering branchlet X 1. B. flower * 12. C. phyllode and stipules x 6. D. pod

x | (all Latz 5329). R. adenogonium: E. flowering branchlet x 1. F. flower * 12. G. pod X |. H. seed X 4. 1.

PE of Kenneally 1988). R. deltoideum (aberrant individual): J. branchlet * 1. K. phyllode x 6 (both

Fitzgerald 1

Distribution: Western Australia in Gardner Botanical District, on sandy soil, usually on

sandstone (1:250 000 map sheets: D51-16; ES1-4).

3. Racosperma stipulosum (F.Muell.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia stipulosa F.Muell., J. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3: 119 (1859). Type: Upper

Victoria River, Mueller 71 (holo: MEL; iso: K).

Intricately branched shrub to 3 m high. Branchliets with indumentum of stiff spreading

multicellular hairs and shorter gland-tipped ones. Stipules about two-thirds as long as

the phyllodes, indurated, subulate, united for one-third to half of their length. Phyllodes

crowded, + sessile, + triangular, the lower margin straight, produced into a pungent

point, the upper curved or angled with a gland about midway or at the angle, sometimes

projecting, thick, 4-6 longitudinal nerves apparent, 6-8 mm X 3-5 mm, 1.5-2.5 times

as long as wide, the point 0.5-2 mm long, sparse indumentum similar to that of the

318

stems. Heads of 30-40 flowers on peduncles about as long as the phyilodes, single in

the axils; receptacle pubescent; bracteoles long-pointed, linear lanceolate, bent somewhat

about the middle, projecting slightly beyond the open flower. Flowers with irregularly

lobed calyx and corolla. Calyx 2.3-3 mm long, cartilaginous, ribbed, with stiff + spreading

hairs ca 0.2 mm long particularly in upper half, lobes 8-11, 0. 5-1 mm long. Corolla

2.7-4 mm long with 7-8 uninerved lobes 0.6-0. § mm long, up to half as long again as

the calyx, with short stiff spreading hairs on the back of the lobes. Stamens ca 4.5 mm

long. Ovary glabrous. Pod up to 10-seeded, flat but raised slightly over the seeds, straight,

obliquely veined, up to 8 cm long, 5-6 mm wide, with straight multicellular gland-tipped

hairs, many of them 3 mm long. Seeds arranged obliquely, ca 4 mm long, 2 mm wide;

areole closed, central, + square with a pale pleurogram; funicle folded 2-3 times, thickened

into a basal aril. Fig. 1A—D.

Specimens examined. Northern Territory. VICTORIA RIVER DISTRICT: 74 km SW of ‘Victoria River’ Homestead,

16°47'S, 130°39’E, Jun 1978, Latz 5439 (BRI,PERTH); 26 miles [42 km] S of Hookers Creek—Birrindudu-Tanami

Junction, Jul 1973, Maconochie 1741 (BRI,CANB,K,PERTH); 101 km from Tanami towards ‘Gordon Downs’,

19°26'S, 129°05’E, Aug 1971, Gittins 2375 (BRI, MEL); 25 miles [40 km] S of Hookers Creek Mission, Jun 1952,

Perry 2916 (CANB); 34 miles [54 km] SW of Hookers Creek, Jul 1956, Chippendale NT 2257 (CANB, MEL); 37

miles [59 km] SW of Hookers Creek, May 1971, Maconochie 1120 (MEL ).

Distribution: Northern Territory in Victoria River District, on shallow soil on sandstone

(1:250 000 map sheets: E52-4,12,15).

4. Racosperma froggattii (Maiden) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia froggattii Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 53: 204 t.14 e -16)

(1920). Type: Woollybutt Creek near Phillips Range, May 1905, Fitzgerald 981

(iso: MEL,PERTH).

Shrub to ca 1 m high. Branchlets terete with indumentum of moderately dense spreading

hyaline hairs to 0.3 mm long, most of them gland-tipped. Stipules ca 1 mm long, brown

setaceous with a few long hairs. Phyllodes crowded, often subfascicular on the branchlets,

+ sessile, narrowly oblong and obliquely curved or somewhat triangular-ovate, contracted

into a short point, the upper margin curved with a small gland, with a narrow rim, at

about the middle, but no abrupt angle at the gland, the margins nerve-like with about

three other longitudinal nerves + conspicuous, 3.5-5.5 mm X 1.2-2.6 mm, 1.2—3.3 times

as long as wide, the point 0.5—0.7 mm long, moderate indumentum simular to that of

the stems. Heads of 30-40 flowers on peduncles 1-1.5 cm long, single in the axils;

bracteoles with long pointed narrowly ovate laminas at an angle to the claws, about as

long as the buds. Flowers 5-merous. Calyx 0.8-1 mm long, the tube ribbed, the ribs

produced into setaceous lobes about as long as the tube, hairs confined to the lobes.

Corolla 1.4-1.5 mm long, thick, striate, with hyaline hairs on the lobes. Stamens ca 3.5

mm long. Ovary glabrous. Pod with about 5 seeds, slightly raised over the seeds, linear,

curved, 3.5—4 cm long, 4-5 mm wide, indumentum of moderately dense multicellular

glandular hairs to 1 mm long and finer ones to 0.3 mm long. Seeds arranged longitudinally,

oblong-cylindrical ca 6 mm X 2.5 mm; areole central, closed with a double pleurogram,

“yi ane x 0.5 mm; funicle whitish, thickened and folded twice beneath the seed. Fig.

Specimens examined. Western Australia. Artesian Ra. between Charnley River gorge and head of Walcott Inlet,

Aug 1943, Davis (PERTH); Woollybutt Creek near Phillips Range, May 1905, Fitzgerald 981 (MEL, PERTH):

16 miles (26 km] SW of ‘Mt House’ Stn, Jul 1959, Lazarides 6450 (BRI,CANB, MEL ,PERTH). Northern Territory.

5 miles [8 km] ENE of ‘Coolibah’ Stn, Aug 1949, Perry & Lazarides 2699 (BRI,CANB,MEL, NSW,PERTH),

near Fitzroy east of Timber Creek, Jun (977 Beswick B104 (BRI).

Distribution: Western Australia in Gardner Botanical District and the Northern Territory

in the Victoria River District on shallow sandy soil derived from sandstone (1:250 000

map sheets DS52-16; E51-4,8).

5. Racosperma sublanatum (Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia sublanata Benth. in Endlicher et. al., Enum. PI.142 (1837); Court, Muelleria

2: 159 (1972). Type: Australia, Bauer Herb. Mus. Vind. 1837 (holo: K).

Acacia luehmannii F.Muell., Fragm. 11: 116 (1881), Iconog. Austral. Acacia, Decade |

7 (1887). Type: Liverpool River, B.Gulliver (holo: MEL; iso: K).

Spindly shrub to 2.5 m high, often much shorter and compact, reported to be semiprostrate

in exposed situations near the sea. Branchlets terete with indumentum of white crisped

OSS o NOOO IO NOOUEE Joon Onn One ne HEE sree mmm AMEE, mi

319

TE A Mae a eA DN OM A wa me Oh Meant Nonenm nmi nannsenmmmi nm anemyanem em mm em EOHET OHIO aa ennennenenm mn nmnmnna,Mmnmnmith ay mt ty inte a Dit nm i M5, Hm tna weet nay hy gt Sey hy ede gt ats ab tat Sesh tts REA seta abate

wide, ae

“+ Mews iM.

Siac

a ah 1 Pea

. 7

we. t . + ALI a qt

ce al a

elds es aiye ley) tery =9

Saal

eee er Pty

mig |

Yn | :

‘a

ere Ty t gens ‘ C)

Py on {he 4 ie

+ piece J eae fhm bl

can Aue,

G. phyllodes

branchlet X 4. K. flower X

M,N Kenneally 4363).

branchlet X I.

ring

ering

;

. B. inflorescence X 5. C. flower X

pod X 1. N. seed X 4. (,K,L Kenneally 2081

F. flowe

J. flow

Lazarides 2699) x 5

RR. sublanatum

(Perry &

des 6450)

(all Maconochie 1592). R. deltoideum

flowering

,& Lazar

: A,

(B,C,D

Fig. 2. Racosperma frogegatt

x t. H. flower X 6. lL. pod X I

12. L. gland on phyllode X 25.

6. D. pod X 1. E. seed x 4

I iin i i Bs NN =) a PH <n) ae el i Pa Ia Oe

Eb sovoses00 00 in| | me ENS NON? NN? Ph a PS AI py AP AA tN ee A yg yy my my yy a PNA Py th NNN st ND sh A EAE 8 8 a Nt tt NP Ay My A yt A A A Smet ath Ha EN fate LE Se LASTS a mye pe ett ST PE LOE EN aha A and a laa a ETE PS RE ORES ev meme meme ii LVS DW

320

hairs to 1 mm long, occasionally dense and hiding the stems, Stipules setaceous, brown,

3-nerved at the base, 1(-2.5) mm long. Phyllodes sessile, deltoid, shining, glabrous or

pubescent with hairs similar to those of the stem, 2.5-11 mm X 1.5-9 mm, 0.9-1.4

times as long as wide, the margins thickened, yellow, with 3-5 longitudinal nerves with

some anastomoses between them, the lower margin straight or curved, produced into a

point (0.5-)i-2 mm long, the upper margin + straight parallel to the stem then abruptly

curved through more than 90° then straight again to the point, a small gland on the

margin on or slightly below the abrupt curve. Heads usually of about 30 flowers but

occasionally only 10 and rarely elongating into a dense spike ca 10 mm long, on peduncles

with hairs similar to those of the stem, 7-10(-—20) mm long; bracteoles bent in the

middle, cuneate at the base with a point longer than the flower buds. Flowers 5-merous.

Calyx 0.7-0.9 mm long, rather membranous but with 5 ribs extending into short obtuse

lobes, glabrous or sometimes with some hairs on the margin of the lobes. Corolla 1.5-1.8

mm long, glabrous. Stamens ca 3.5 mm long. Ovary densely pubescent. Pod with ca 10

seeds, straight, linear, convex over the seeds, and somewhat narrowed between them,

glabrous, 12.5 cm long, 4 mm wide. Seeds arranged longitudinally, oblong, ca 6 mm

long, 2.5 mm wide; areole central, open, 4.5 mm X | mm; funicle whitish, thickened

and folded 2-3 times beneath the seed. Fig. 2F-I.

Specimens examined. Northern Territory. 88 km from Pine Creek, UDP Falls road, Jul 1973, Gittins 2667 (BRI);

Gorge near Plumtree Creek, ca 47 miles [75 km] ENE of Pine Creek, Mar 1965, Lazarides & Adams 171

(BRI,CANB,MEL), Deaf Adder Basin, Jun 1972, Schodde A79 (BRI,CANB); East Alligator River, 12°47°S,

133°21’E, Jul 1972, Lazarides 7647 (BRILCANB); ca 16 km S of Oenpelli Mission, 12°29’S, 133°Q3’E, Jul 1973,

Adams & Dunlop 2974 (BRI); 10 miles [16 km] W of Goomadeer turn, Oenpeili-Mangarida road, Jun 1974,

Jacobs 1899 (CANB); 7 miles {11 km] E of Rum Bottle Creek, 12°04’S, 133°48’E, Jun 1972, Maconochie 1592

(BRI,CANB,MEL,PERTH); 5 miles (8 km] SW of BHP camp airstrip, 12°52’S, 135°15’E, Jun 1972, Maconochie

1489 (BRI,MEL,PERTH); 21 miles [33 km] E of Lake Evella, 12°45’S, 136°35’E, Jun 1972, Afaconochie 1519

(BRI,MEL), Mt Saunders, Gove, Oct 1971, Hinz in NT 33630 (BRI,MEL); Yirrkala, 12°12’S, 136°47’E, Jul 1948,

Specht 758 (BRI,CANB,MEL); Groote Eylandt, Jul 1948, Specht 668 (BRI).

Distribution: The extreme northern part of the Northern Territory on sandy soils,

sometimes shallow, usually on sandstone but recorded also from coastal dunes (1:250

000 map sheets: D53-1,2,3,4,5,8).

Bentham (1864) referred Acacia pravifolia to A. sublanata and recorded it as

‘South Coast, R.Brown’. Court (1972) clarified the matter after examining types and

Brown material from northern Australia. A. pravifolia has straight hairs, smaller heads

on shorter peduncles and obtuse broad-based bracteoles. In R. sublanatum there is

considerable variation in the size of phyllodes from plant to plant but indumentum and

floral characters show only a small range of variation, and there are no grounds for

recognising infraspecific taxa.

The occurrence of plants with flowers in spikes rather than in heads is an example

of how closely allied Acacia section Plurinerves and A. section Juliflorae are. These two

sections have been combined as Racosperma section Plurinervia (Pedley 1986).

References

BENTHAM, G. (1864). Acacia in Flora Australiensis Vol. 2, London: Reeve & Co.

COURT, A.B. (1972). Notes on Australian acacias. Muelleria 2: 155-163.

HALL, N. (1978). Botanists of the eucalypts. Melbourne: CSIRO.

MAIDEN, J.H. (1920). Notes on Acacia, No. IV, (with descriptions of new species). Journal & Proceedings of

the Royal Soctety of New South Wales 53: 171-238.

MASLIN, B.R. (1978) Studies in the genus Acacia (Mimosaceae)-8. A revision of the Uninerves—Triangulares,

in part (the tetramerous species). Nuytsia 2: 266-333.

PEDLEY, L, (1972). A revision of Acacia lycopodiifolia A. Cunn. ex Hook. and its allies. Contributions from the

Oueensland Herbarium No. 11,

PEDLEY, L. (1978). A revision of Acacia Mill. in Queensland. Austrobaileya 1: 75-234.

PEDLEY, L. (1980). A revision of Acacia Mill. in Queensland (concluded). Austrobaileya 1: 235-337. ‘1979’.

PEDLEY, L. (1986). Derivation and dispersal of Acacia (Leguminosae), with particular reference to Australia,

and the recognition of Senegalia and Racosperma. Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society 92: 219-254.

321

Austrobaileya 2(4): 321-327 (1987)

NOTES ON RACOSPERMA MARTIUS (LEGUMINOSAE:

MIMOSOIDEAB), 1

L. Pedley

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068

Summary

R. armillatum, R. ommatospermum, R. paniculatum, and R. homalocladum (F.Muell.) Pedley, with which 2.

paniculatum has been confused, are described. Flowers of R. fleckeri (Pedley) Pedley, are described for the first

time. These are all members of the ‘Oligoneura group’ of Racosperma which is here defined. Other new species

are R, meiosperrnum and R. polyadenium. All species are referred to Racosperma sect. Plurinervia.

Species of Acacia Miller subg. Phyllodineae (DC.) Seringe (A. subg. Heterophyllum

Vassal) should be referred to the genus Racosperma Martius (Pedley 1986). Only a small

proportion of the formal transfer of names has been made. A checklist of Queensland

species is included in this volume (Pedley 1987).

Since publication of the revision of the Queensland species (Pedley 1978, 1980

as Acacia) several others have been described for the State (Pedley 1981, Pedley &

Forster 1986). Five species from tropical Queensland are described here. All are referred

to Racosperma sect. Plurinervia (Benth.) Pedley.

Racosperma meiospermum Pedley, sp. nov. floribus parvis, sepalis petalisque villosis

instructis, phyllodiis crebris parallelis longitudinalibus nervis R. brassii (Pedley)

Pedley simulat; autem resina multer ramulorum apices versus phyilodus bre-:

vioribus secus axem brevem axillarem dispositis, leguminibus non moniliformibus

seminibus parum brevioribus differt. Typus: Sandy Tate River, Feb 1928, Brass

1745 (holo: BRI; iso: CANB,K,MO).

Shrub to 3 m high, young branchlets angular, red-brown, resinous, sometimes with

scattered hairs to 1 mm long, becoming grey and terete when old. Phyllodes Straight or

slightly falcate, the lower margin + straight, the upper curved, covered with brown resin

when young, losing it when older, 7-12.5 cm long, 2-3 cm wide, 3—5 times as long as

wide, with many close parallel, non-anastomosing nerves, 3-5 more prominent than the

rest; gland basal or almost so. Pulvinus 5-10 mm long. Stipules ovate, to 3 mm long

when phyllodes first formed. Flowers in dense spikes 1.6-2 cm long, the rachis and

peduncles with dense white hairs; peduncles 5 mm long, subtended by a striate concave

bract to 3 mm long when young, arranged along an axillary axis, usually extremely short

so that a group of 3-4 spikes is produced in each axil but occasionally the axis growing

out into a leafy shoot with spikes well spaced along it. Flowers 5-merous. Calyx lobes

narrowly oblong, slightly widened and thickened at the tip, free almost to the base, 1.5

mm long, villose with white hairs. Corolla lobes + free, 1.7 mm long, a few long hairs

along the midline. Stamens 3-4 mm long. Ovary not seen (none present in flowers

examined). Pods with up to 12 seeds, 8 cm long, 3 mm wide, obscurely longitudinally

ribbed. Seeds 3.5 mm long, about twice as long as wide, longitudinally arranged; funicle

creamy white, thickened and 2-3 times folded forming aril at base of seed; pleurogram

fine, associated with pale area of seed coat; areole small with a narrow opening, about

twice as long as wide. Fig. 1C~E.

Specimens examined. Queensland. Cook District: Near Lappa, 17°23’S, 144°48’E, May 1982, Ped/ey 4855 (BRI);

Koorboora, 17°43’S, 144°48’E, Jan 1982, Pedley 4841 (BRI); Sandy Tate River lapprox. 17° 40'S, 144°40’E], Feb

1928, Brass 1745 (BRI, CANB, K,MO),.

Distribution: The species is confined to a small area about 40 km south-east of Chillagoe

where 1t forms pure stands on shallow stony soils.

Notes and Observations: Young plants are pubescent and long hairs persist on the

branches and phyllodes of some mature plants. The resemblance to R. brassii may not

indicate a close relationship. The structure of the inflorescence suggests a relationship

ma, so Wa a a Ng

1 ERSSARAT card RRS A OS EER

322

with R. juliferum, R. blakei and other species which have spikes arranged along an

axillary axis. Most juliflorous species in section Plurinervia have spikes in pairs. This

may be a derived condition, representing an extreme reduction of the axis.

Racosperma polyadenium Pedley, sp. nov. affinis R. drepanocarpo (F.Muell.) Pedley

phyllodiis minus coriaceis 2-4 glandulis ornatis, calycibus parvioribus et legum-

inibus parvioribus differt. Typus: Shaw Is., Lindeman Group, 6 Nov 1985, G.N.

Batianoff 3354 & C. Dalliston (holo: BRI; ‘iso: K,MO,NSW).

Shrub or small tree; branchlets slender, angular, at first very resinous. Phyllodes straight

or slightly falcate, reddish brown and resinous when young, losing resin when old,

somewhat acute with callus tip, 40-85 mm long, 2.8-5 mm wide, 12-20 times as long

as wide, longitudinal parallel nerves not crowded (about 14 when phyllodes is wide),

midnerve always conspicuous and two others sometimes so when phyllode is wide; gland

small, basal, with 1-3 small glands along the margins, the lowest 12~25 mm from the

base, the others at irregular intervals. Pulvinus ca 1 mm long. Stipules linear, about as

long as the pulvinus, caducous. Flowers in somewhat open spikes, singly or in pairs in

the upper axils; peduncles ca 6 mm long, resinous; rachis 12-20 mm long, resinous,

elongating quickly following anthesis. Flowers 5-merous. Calyx wide cup-shaped, not

closely investing the corolla, pale, membranous, glabrous, 0.6 mm long, lobed to about

the middle the lobes lacking a midrib, somewhat thickened, apiculate, reflexed. Corolla

ca 1.5 mm long, lobed to about the level of the calyx, petals reflexed. Stamens ca 2 mm

long. Ovary densely pubescent. Pods with up to 8 seeds, 4.5 cm long, widest at the top,

tapering to the base, rather woody, resinous, with margins thickened and obscurely

longitudinally nerved faces, opening elastically from the top. Seeds not seen.

Specimens examined. Queensland. NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Palm Is., Henne (MEL 108106). SouUTH KENNEDY

DISTRICT: Whitsunday Is., Henne (MEL 108105); Shaw Is., Lindeman Group, Jun 1985, Warrian (BRD, Nov

1985, Batianoff 3354 & Dalliston (BRI,K,MO,NSW).

Distribution: The species is known from only three islands, one in the Lindeman Group,

one 1n the Whitsunday Group and the other in the Palm Group some 350 km to the

north-west. Such a distribution is unusual. None of the other narrowly distributed species

of Racosperma of north-eastern Australian is confined to islands (see Maslin & Pedley

1982). Some of the islands of the central Queensland coast are visited by a lot of people

each year and it 1s therefore remarkable that more than 100 years separated the collections

of Henne and Warrian.

Ecology: Ecological data are scanty. Warrian noted R. polyadenium as a small tree

growing in heathland on a hillside overlooking the beach, while Batianoff and Dalliston

reported it as a prostrate shrub 30 cm tall growing in wind-shorn scrub 3-4 m tall at

an altitude of 42 m.

Notes and Observations: Bentham (1864, p. 402) referred both of Henne’s specimens to

Acacia drepanocarpa. The only other specimen cited by him was the type specimen

which lacks flowers. Consequently he based his description of the flowers on the only

flowering material available to him, which was Henne’s Palm Is. specimen. The descrip-

tion 1s, however, not an accurate one. As already pointed out (Pedley 1978) the phyllodes

of A. drepanocarpa illustrated by Mueller (1888) hardly belong to that species. They are

a reasonable representation of the phyllodes of R. polyadenium.

The ‘Oligoneura group’

The species keyed below belong to the complex of species related to R. excelsum

(Benth.) Pedley (see Pedley 1978, p. 84). These are characterised by having phyllodes

on short pulvinuses with prominent widely spaced longitudinal nerves with open,

sometimes obscure, anastomosing nerves between them. The flower heads are in pairs

or several pairs in the phyllode axils or, in one species, at nodes along leafless axes. One

head matures before the other of the pair and the calyx lobes are ultimately free. Since

one species of the complex, R. simsii (Benth.) Pedley is the lectotype of the name Acacia

subseries Oligoneurae Benth. (Pedley 1980), the species are referred to here as the

‘Oligoneura group’. Bentham (1864) knew only four of the species included here, which

he referred to two different subseries.

LO.

Ll.

323

A key to Australian species of the ‘Oligoneura group’

. Heads on peduncles to | cm long in twos or threes at nodes along leafless

axes forming a terminal panicle ...................... R. paniculatum

Heads on peduncles in pairs or several as in uppet axils, not t ASrRRIOR

aterminal panicle ........... 2 oe er ae a ee

TVA GES “10: 2 TUITE: ee eas ay ieee a et dined ah. gee vie ate Pe ey

Phyllodes more than 7 mm wide ...... 1... 0. 2. . ce ee ee e ee e G

. Phyllodes 9-12 times as long as wide, 4-5 cm long’ R. excelsum subsp. angustum

Phyllodes 13-40 times as long as wide, 5.5~-12 cm long ................ 4

. Pods moniliform, valves membranous. Tree to 12 m with pendulous

foliage 6. ke ee ee ee ee ee ee ws ws se) R. estrophiolatum

Pods flat with nerve-like margins, convex over the seeds, occasionally

constricted between them. Shrubs to 4 m, foliage not pendulous.. .

. Phyllodes widest about the middle, acute, sometimes ania DeEenens

‘S-8 mm long. Pods 4—5(-7) mm wide........... .... RR, simsii

Phyllodes widest above the middle, acuminate; war 3-4 mm long.

Pods 8 mm wide ........... a | ........ R. ramiflorum

. Branchlets flattened, wie Funicle folded, at least half estar the

seed * * = = s é = a 4 = = « = = = é * = = = = . a * . Si * » * * La = *

Branchlets acutely angled, not flattened. Funicle folded or not, Ree

the SeedOr MOL edi he ce ee A SP he Hake We te es sng 20

. Phyllodes (12-)16-30(-—45) mm wide with 9 prominent longitudinal nerves.

Pods 10-15 cm long. Funicles completely encircling the seeds.. R. complanatum

Phyllodes 9-15(—20) mm wide with three prominent longitudinal nerves.

Pods to 8.5 cm long. Funicles half encircling the seeds .. .. .. R. homalocladum

. Phyllodes thick with anastomosing nerves hidden, margins nbbon-like,’

somewhat papillose with a prominent gland at the base.. .. .. R. multisiliquum

Phyllodes not markedly thick with anastomosing nerves visible, ane

neither ribbon-like nor papillose.. .. 2. 2. 2. ek ee ee ee ee ee Y

. Pods strongly constricted between the seeds, chisianeiaaiaih up into l-seeded

segments. Funicles not folded. . a3 : Fae he eh pathein mete Bd gee

Pods not constricted between the seeds, not Suede up; often with

parallel nerve-like margins and convex over the seeds. Funicles some-

HIMeS “SHON: FGIGC = oa crc ccepy Pee ae ee Bey bee loth taney me eateatia entln ighiqaise » dl

Phyllodes Meany. 4-6.5 cm bist with 3-6 Bhat nerves. Areole of seeds

small .... ... R. excelsum subsp. excelsum

Phyllodes 7.5-15 cm long with up to 10 parallel nerves. Areole large R. armillatum

Funcile encircling the seed. Phyllodes straight, 13-40 mm wide .. .. .. R. fleckeri

Funicle sometimes folded but not encircling the seed. Phyllodes at least

Bil FAICAIG. OTT) WIE: io le eke thse ky ul weet Adar dene “es gue cee le a a

324

12. Phyllodes strongly falcate, widest above the middle, 12-18 cm none, Pod

with a well defined, raised pale margin when mature... .. .. .. RR, legnotum

Phyllodes either not strongly falcate or widest at or below the middle.

Pod without a pale raised margin .... 2... 0.0... ce ee ee ee ee ee ee w TB

13. Phyllodes widest near the top. Pod 6-8 mm wide. Seeds with a apr aperi

pleurogram with a pale line ............ eG Gi . R, ommatospermum

Phyllodes widest at or below the middle. Pod ca 12 mm wide. Seeds

with pleurogram lacking a pale line... .. . ...... RB, hyalonomum

Racosperma paniculatum Pedley, sp. nov. affinis R. homaloclado (F.Muell.) Pedley floribus

grandioribus, funiculis semina non dimidio cingentibus, conspicuissime capitulis

dipositis in paniculis terminalibus differt. Typus: 27 km N of ‘Wakooka’ on track

to Bathurst Bay, June 1984, J.R. Clarkson 5375 (holo: BRI; specimina ad DNA,

K,MBA,MEL,NSW,PERTH distributa, non visa).

Shrub or slender tree to 6 m, usually with a conspicuously white trunk; branchlets

glaucous, angular, with phyllodes borne on short spurs. Phyllodes oblong, slightly curved,

obtuse apiculate, 6—10(-12.5) cm long, 12-20(—25) mm wide, (3.5-)4.5-6.5 times as long

as wide, three longitudinal nerves prominent, coarsely reticulate between them, the lower

decurrent with the margin at the extreme base, gland prominent but without a rim, up

to 4 mm from the base, abruptly narrowed into a short pulvinus. Heads of 25-30 flowers

on peduncles 8-10 mm long in pairs (one head maturing before the other) on leafless

axes to 12 cm long, terminating branchlets and in the upper axils, forming terminal

panicles. Flowers glabrous, 5-merous. Calyx lobes free to the base, 1-1.3 mm long with

a filiform claw and a rhomboidal lamina 0.25 mm wide. Corolla lobes united to the

middle, 1.7-2.5 mm long. Stamens 3.5-4.5 mm long. Ovary glabrous. Pods straight, flat,

convex over seeds, not at all constricted between them, glabrous, to 10 cm long, 8-9

mm wide, with up to 9 seeds. Seeds arranged longitudinally, funicle hardly thickened or

folded, not seen mature. Fig 1A-B.

Specimens examined. Queensland. Cook DIsTRict: 27 km N of “Wakooka’ on the track to Bathurst Bay, ca

14°20’S, 144°20’E, June 1984, Clarkson 5375 (BRI!; DNA,K,MBA,MEL,NSW,PERTH n.¥.); Cape Flattery, 14°55’S,

i44°20’E, Jun 1975, Sharpe 1505 (BRI); between ‘Starke’ & Cape Flattery, 15°02’S, 145°20’E, July 1976, Webb &

Tracey 13549 (BRI); 4 km E of Hopevale-‘Starke’ road, 15°04’S, 145°20’E, Jun 1984, Clarkson 5327 (BRI),

between Mclvor River & Cape Flattery, [5°05’S, 145°1 SE, Nov 1972, Hyland 6539 (BRD: 3 miles [5 km] from

Pt Archer towards Cooktown, [15°35‘S, 145°15’E], Jun 1972, Wrigley & Telford 1308 (BRD; Yarrabah, [16°55’S,

145°S2’E], Aug 1918, Michael AQI191143 (BRI). NORTH KENNEDY District: Hinchinbrook Is., Ramsay Bay,

18°20'S, (46°10'E. Aug 1975, Sharpe 1787 (BRI).

Distribution: The species is common on sand in heath or in the heathy understory of

eucalypt open forest on sand in the Cape Flattery area with isolated populations at

Yarrabah and on Hinchinbrook Is.

Flowering period: June.

Fruiting period: Fruits probably mature about September.

Notes and Observations: It has been confused with R. homalocladum (Pedley 1978), but

differs in having larger flowers, a funicle which does not half encircle the seed, and most

conspicuously, heads in terminal panicles. It 1s described as an attractive short-lived

plant with deep yellow flowers.

Racosperma homalocladum (F.Muell.) Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 350 (1987).

Acacia homaloclada F.Muell., Fragm. 11: 34 (1878), Iconog. Austral. Acacia, Decade

8 (1887); Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 214 (1978).

A spindly shrub to 3.5 m, young growth pink, all parts glabrous; branchlets acutely

angled or winged, the phyllodes borne on short spurs decurrent with the wings. Phyllodes

narrowly ovate, only slightly falcate, 6.5-10(-12) cm long, 9-15(-20) mm wide, 4.5-[10

times as long as wide, narrowed at the tip, but obtuse with a small apiculum and a

small ee on its dorsal side, narrowed into a pulvinus 2-5 mm long, a conspicuous

pland 3-6 mm from the base; 3 longitudinal nerves conspicuous with inconspicuous

loosely anastomosing nerves between them (similar to those of R. multisiliquum). Heads

of 20-30 flowers on peduncles 10-15 mm long in two pairs in the upper axils, one head

325

of each pair opening before the other. Flowers 5-merous; bracteoles with a thick peat

lamina almost perpendicular to the claw. Calyx lobes free to the base, spathulate, 1 mm

long. Corolla lobes united to the middle, somewhat flattened at their tips, 1.8 mm long;

stamens ca 3.5 mm long; ovary glabrous. Pods straight, glaucous, not at all contracted

between the seeds, flat, convex over the seeds, nerve-like margins, 85 mm long, 9-11

mm wide, with up to 10 seeds, Seeds arranged longitudinally, ca 5 mm long and 3 mm

per (immature); areole large, closed; funicle thickened into a fold to half encircle the

see

Specimens examined. Queensland. NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Hinchinbrook Is., Deluge Inlet, 18°23’S, 146°12’E,

Jun 1979, A. & Ad. Thorsbourne (BRI); Hinchinbrook Is., Little Ramsay Bay, ca 18° 20S, 146°10E, ‘Aug 1975,

Sharpe 1625 (BRI); Hinchinbrook Is., May 1986, Warrian CW5064 (BRD; Migeees Creek, N of Ingham, fis° 26'S,

146°09’E], Jan 1977, coll. unknown AQ378611 (BRI); Rungoo, [18 km N of Ingham, 18°28’S, 146°10’E], Jan

1952, King AQ191140 (BRD.

Distribution: Racosperma homalocladum is restricted to Hinchinbrook Island and a

small area of the mainland opposite.

Flowering period: summer.

Fruiting period: Young fruits have been collected in June.

Notes and Observations: It has been confused with R. paniculatum which is more widely

distributed but which also occurs on Hinchinbrook Island. The two species occupy

different habitats. R. paniculatum is restricted to sand in heath or in heathy understory

of eucalypt open-forest whereas R. homalocladum occurs in light rainforest or open-

forest on stony soil often near streams.

Racosperma armillatum Pediey, sp. nov. affinis R. excelso (Benth.) Pedley phyllodiis

coriaceloribus basin versus angustatis valdius, leguminibus inter semina con-

Strictis valdius differt. Typus: 12 km SE of Mt Janet on Survey road along

Great Dividing Range, ca 11.5 km SW _ of Lakeland Downs township,

15°56’S, 144°46’E, Jan 1986, J.R. Clarkson 6291 (holo: BRI; 1so:

CANB,DNA,K,MEL,MO,NSW,PERTH,QRS,SAN).

Tree to 8 m with rough grey bark at base; branchlets somewhat angular, soon becoming

terete and obscurely mbbed, lenticellate. Phyllodes glabrous, oblanceolate, spathulate,

obovate or elliptic, variable in width often on a single plant, straight or falcate when

narrow, 75-150 mm long, 5-15(-—30) mm wide, 4-13 times as long as wide, up to 180

mm long on young plants, with up to 10 distinct longitudinal nerves with numerous

oblique secondary nerves between them; gland small prominent, not rimmed, up to 2.5

mm from the base. Pulvinus 1.5 mm long. Heads of 20-30 flowers on peduncles 3-6

mm long in one or in two pairs in the upper axils, peduncles arising from an axis ca |

mm long, one head maturing before the other of the pair. Flowers glabrous. Calyx lobes

linear, widened and subacute at the tip, 1 mm long, united only at the base. Corolla

lobes 1.5 mm long. Ovary glabrous. Pods flat with up to 8 seeds, 80 mm long, 6-10

mm wide, strongly constricted between the seeds, the isthmus only 2mm wide when

pods mature; valves with wing ca 0.7 mm wide and raised veins, breaking up into I-

seeded indehiscent segments. Seeds arranged longtiudinally ca 5mm long, 3 mm wide;

pleurogram obscure; areole large, open; funicle not thickened and scarcely folded. Fig.

Specimens examined. Queensland. Cook District: 12 km SE of Mt Janet on Survey road along Great

Dividing Range, ca 11.5 km SW of Lakeland Downs township, 15°56’S, 144°46’E, Sep 1984, Clarkson

$507 (BRI), Jan 1986, Clarkson 6288 (BRI,DNA,K,NSW PERTH), Jan 1986, Clarkson 6291

(BRICANB,DNA,K,MEL, MO, NSW,PERTH,QRS,SAN); Top of Fall Creek Gap, Wenlock-Iron Range road,

12°55'S, 143° OO’E, Aug 1977, coll. Ingram & Hind, comm. Armitage 1138 (BRL.NSW); Waish River, junction of

Price Creek, Jun 1929, Tardent 166 (BRI).

Distribution: The species is evidently rare. It is known from only three localities. The

population from which the type and fruiting material was collected is on a steep hillside

in Eucalyptus cullenii woodland grading into E. normantonensis woodland. The Walsh

River population has not been relocated despite more intensive botanical collecting in

the area in the last few decades.

326

* UTES Erie ste

aE ucy ie

ALS ELSES wevee

ed A 7E

a seine in Pee

ae pear SEES

fe eae rf ee ee cl

a ¢

-_— 7 —

= es ais

™%2 Py rs | i =

Pk ee AA a

= il

Phe eee eictocpteeer ER

OAT AFA OPE ah ee

ATT SATA a

ent Pale

Fig. 1. Racospermum paniculatum: A. flowering branch X 2/3. B. portion of phyllode X 2. R. meiospermum: C.

flowering branch X 2/3. D. base of phyllode and pulvinus xX 2. E. pod X 1. R. armillatum: F. flowering branch

x 2/3. G. inflorescence X 1. H. portion of phyllode < 2, I. pod x 1.

327

Racosperma ommatospermum Pedley, sp. nov. ab R. /egnoto (Pedley) Pedley phyllodiis

minus manifeste nervatis minus falcatis leguminibus non alatis, seminibus par-

vioribus: ab R. fleckeri (Pedley) Pedley corollis longioribus, phyllodiis angustior-

ibus, leguminibus angustioribus seminibus parum parvioribus et sine funiculo

cingenti recedit. Typus: Andoom-—Weipa area, 12°32’S, 141°5Y’E, Jun 1978, K.A.W.

Williams 78088 (holo: BRI; iso: CANB).

A shrub or small tree, glabrous, branches drooping. Branchlets angular, soon becoming

terete and ribbed. Phyllodes coriaceous, oblong-spathulate, somewhat falicate, the tip

obtuse with a minute mucro, widest near the tip, narrowed to the base, 95-125 mm

long, 7-12 mm wide, 9.5-14 times as long as wide, 3-5 + prominent longitudinal nerves

with oblique secondary nerves between them; gland small, without a rim, 1.5-3 mm

from the base. Pulvinus 1.5-3 mm long. Heads of 25-30 flowers on axillary peduncles

in one or two pairs in the upper axils, one head of each pair maturing before the other.

Calyx lobes subacute, 0.8 mm long, united in the lower third, a few short hairs on the

tube. Corolla lobes slabrous, 1.5 mm long, united to the middie. Stamens ca 3 mm long.

Ovary glabrous but seen only in male flowers with a rudimentary style. Pod linear,

glabrous with up to 12 seeds and 80 mm long, 6-8 mm wide, the valves raised over

the seed alternately on each side. Seeds arranged longitudinally, lenticular, 3.3-3.5 mm

diameter, 1.5-2 mm thick; pleurogram prominent with a pale line; areole closed or

almost so; funicle with a small fold on one side of the seed, thickened from there to the

hilar end into a distinct aril.

Specimens examined. Queensland. Cook District: Andoom-Weipa area, 12°32’S, 141°5SS’E, Jun 1978, Williams

78088 (BRIL,CANB,); Weipa, 12°39’S, 141°51’E, Oct 1981, Morton AM 1549 nursery raised stock (BRI, MEL);

between ‘York Downs’ Stn and Coen, Oct 1979, Scarth-Johnson 873A (BRI).

Distribution: The species has a narrow range on Cape York Peninsula in the vicinity of

Weipa where it occurs with Eucalyptus tetrodonta on red earth with ironstone gravel. It

is evidently used to rehabilitate areas mined for bauxite at Weipa.

Racosperma fleckeri (Pedley) Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 348 (1987).

Acacia fleckeri Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 211 (1978).

Phyllodes straight 90-125 mm long, 13-40 mm wide, 2.8-10 times as long as wide.

Pulvinus 2-6 mm long. Heads of 30-40 flowers on axillary peduncles up to 10 mm long

in one or two pairs in the upper axils, one head maturing before other one of pair, but

if two pairs then one of each pair maturing together. Calyx lobes narrowly oblong to

1.2 mm long, united only at base, widened to ca 0.4 mm and thickened at tip with

minute hairs (ca 0.05 mm long). Corolla lobes united to the middle, 1.8 mm long with

distinct midribs, thickened and minutely papillose at the tip. Stamens 3.5 mm long.

Ovary glabrous. Pod with up 12 seeds, to 120 mm long, 8-10 mm wide.

Specimens examined. Queensland. COOK DISTRICT: Weipa-Wheeler Creek, 12°30’S, 142°15’E, Sep 1980, Godwin

A1l8 (BRD; on bank of Wenlock River [13°29’S, 141°S0’E or 13°06’S, 142°57’E], Jun 1978, Armitage 1126 (BRI).

References

BENTHAM, G. (1864). Acacia. In Flora Australiensis 2: 301-421. London: Reeve & Co.

MASLIN, B.R. & PEDLEY, L. (1982). The distribution of Acacia (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Australia. Part

l, Species distribution maps. Western Australian Herbarium Research Notes No. 6: 1-128.

MUELLER, F. VON (1888). Iconography of Australian species of Acacia and cognate genera. Eleventh decade.

Melbourne: Government Printer.

PEDLEY, L. (1978). A revision of Acacia Mill. in Queensland. Austrobaileya i(2): 75-234.

PEDLEY, L. (1980). A revision of Acacia Mill. in Queensland (concluded). Austrobaileya 1(3): 235-337. ‘1979’.

PEDLEY, L. (1981). Further notes on Acacia in Queensland. Austrobaileya 1(4): 339-345.

PEDLEY, ©. (1986). Derivation and dispersal of Acacia (Leguminosae), with particular reference to Australia,

and the recognition of Senegalia and Racosperma. Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society 92; 219-254.

seer ot (1987). Racosperma (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) tn Queensland: a checklist. Austrobaileya 2(4):

PEDLEY, L. & FORSTER, P.I. (1986). Acacia eremophiloides (Mimosaceae): a new species from south-eastern

Queensland. Austrobatleya 2(3): 277-280.

328

Austrobaileya 2(4): 328-338 (1987)

NOTES ON SAPINDACEAE, V

S.T. Reynolds

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068

Summary

Two hew species of Diploglottis, D. berniana and D. obovata and a new Alectryon, A. ramiflorus are described

with notes on their distribution and relationship to the other species that occur in Australia, Heterodendrum Desf.

is reduced to Alectryon Gaertn. and the new combinations Alectryon diversifolius, A. tropicus, A, pubescens and A.

oleifolius, based on Heterodendrum diversifolium F.Muell., H. fropicum S.Reyn., H. pubescens S.Reyn. and #.

oleifolium Desf., are made, Two new subspecies of 4. oleifolius, subsp. canescens and subsp. elongatus, are

described. Alectryon semicinereus (F.Muell.) Radlk. is removed from synonymy under 4. coriaceus (Benth.) Radik.

Contents

Diplhosietis FDA OOK). a cf, bho wk we aie wedi dB pecs baie ord de ee oe Foe bY 328

Alectryon Gaertn. . .. 1... .... LS as as 332

Since publication of the reviews of © se doohnasti J.D.Hook. Ansontiix rogt) and

Heterodendrum Desf. and Alectryon Gaertn. (Reynolds 1983) and the account of Sap-

indaceae (Reynolds 1985), many more collections, some with better flowers or fruits,

have become available. It is now possible to describe new species, amend some descrip-

tions and keys, and reassess some generic and intraspecific distinctions.

DIPLOGLOTTIS J.D.Hook.

Diploglottis berniana S.Reyn., sp. nov. D. cunninghamii (Hook.) J.D.Hook. primo

adspectu maxime simile quoad foliis et foliolis grandis sed ab ea differt essentialiter

fructibus persaepe duplo majoribus, valvis crassioribus, floribus majusculus guin-

quepetalus. Typus: Cooper Creek, Parish of Alexandra, 16°10’S, 145°25’E, 24 Sep

1985, B.Gray 4159 (holo: BRI; iso: QRS); Portion 188, ‘Parish of Alexandra, Palm

Road, 17°1 1S, 145°25’E, 27 Nov 1984, B.Gray 3730 (para: BRI; isopara: QRS)

[this 1s a fruiting specimen. ].

Trees to 20 m tall, to 20 cm girth; trunk fluted, buttressed. Young parts (especially young

leaves), branchlets, leaf axes and peduncles red brown velutinous with pale or brown

dense spreading hairs. Branchlets stout, fluted, 2-3 cm diameter at apex. Leaves (with

petiole) 69-82(-90.5) cm long with 4 or 5 leaflets on each side of rachis. Petiole 12-20

cm long, subterete, broad and trisulcate at base. Rachis 34-48.5 cm long. Pinnae oblong

or obovate-obiong or subelliptic dowermost pair broadly obovate), apex truncate, rounded,

obtuse or emarginate, margins slightly recurved, base truncate unequal, (9. 5-)21~28(-32)

cm X 7,5-15(-18) cm Guvenile leaflets 37 cm x 15 cm), shiny above, coriaceous, glabrous

above except pubescent midrib, softly and sparsely villous below especially on nerves,

midrib broad, densely villous; lateral nerves 18-25 pairs, patent, usually bullate between

nerves, reticulation prominent. Petiolule 5-12(-15) mm long, pulvinate. Panicles 50-53

cm long, to 30 cm wide, cymules 2- or 3-flowered; bracts 3-10 mm xX I-8 mm, ovate,

rusty brown velvety. Flowers 7-8 mm diameter; pedicel 3-5 mm long. Calyces 5 mm

x 8 mm, lobes ovate, 4-5 mm X 3-4 mm, tomentose. Petals 5, one slightly reduced,

3-4.5 mm X 2-3 mm, obovate, shortly clawed; scales densely woolly, hiding small fleshy

crests. Disc incomplete, glabrous. Filaments 2-6.5 mm long, subulate, densely villous

from middle to base. Ovary villous, style stout, 3 mm long. Fruit transversely ellipsoid

with 2 divaricate lobes and aborted third lobe or subglobose and 1-lobed, slightly

compressed at sutures, yellow, 3-3.5 cm X 3.2-4.2 cm; valves thick, fleshy, 8 mm thick,

densely rusty pubescent outside, sparsely villous inside. Seed brown, 1.3 cm X 2.2 cm,

smooth, + laterally compressed; aril orange, nearly covering seed. Fig. 1.

Specimens examined. Queensland. Cook DISTRIcT: T.R. 146 Tableland L.A., 15°43’S, 145°16’E, near Mt Amos,

Sep 1980, Hyland 10574 (BRI); Alexandra Creek, 16°04’S, 145°21’E, Webb & Tracey {2180 (BRI); Cooper Ck,

Parish of Alexandra, 16°10’S, 145°25’E, Sep 1984, Gray 4159 (BRLQRS); portion 188, Parish of Alexandra, Palm

329

+ *

raft

a 7,

t e. 1¢

i yet ry

if any pete e tye a | tiprigee ly? .

fle fii desi 57

f , ?

rf a aga Sage ; r f

t ay 1

eh sk Ak 4 ee RRR ERNE EL

Mie i ae raya be M 4EQAS 1* ‘yas a ant wey aye! bho i >

4 5 3

sak

ae. ik i +

g #

iyi Fig ¥ Ld 7 2 f ¢

“ftp OP ity Gb titer fe f ,

ard dee ig fi Feet fae ft ey ‘,

tT pet edd LE te fs “

a ee fo? f ; } é

7 i frye} / f pif

Pe eee re ARE eee: ad ? fi

Abs tH} i f,? ‘d

ais ieee ;

Fig, 1. Diplogiottis berniana. A. habit with buds (Hyland 10574) * 1/5. B. female flower (Gray 4159) x 4. C.

part of flower with petals and stamens removed to show calyx lobes and disc (Gray 4159) * 4. D. front of petal

showing hairy scales (Gray 4159) X 8. E. back of petal (Gray 4159) * 8. F. fruit (Gray 3730) X 1. G. seed with

aril (Gray 3730) X 2.

COREE nS ie ag

ISCAS adage Ea Yen genta

Ate ‘

sagt feta tata ae

Cm EEG AE oe came te te

eh he he re Tr ee)

330

Road, 17°11’S, 145°25’E, Nov 1984, Gray 3730 (BRI,QRS),; S.F.R. 755 Barong L.A., 17°31’S, 145°50’E, near

Russell River, Jul 1975, Hyland 3241(BRI), Oct 1976, Hyland 9158 (BRI), Jul 1978, Hyland 3692(BRI). [L.A. =

Logging Area, S.P.R. = State Forest Reserve; T.R. = Timber Reserve]

' Distribution and Habitat: North Queensland, from north of Rossville to Atherton

-Tableland, in rainforests, between 80 and 600 m altitude.

Affinities: The new species is at first sight similar to D. cunninghamii (Hook.) J.D.Hook.

It has the large leaves and leaflets of D. cunninghamii but differs essentially in the large

fruits with thick fleshy valves and larger flowers with five petals.

Etymology: The species is named in honour of Mr Bernie Hyland, CSIRO, Atherton,

who first discovered the plant.

Diploglottis obovata S.Reyn., sp. nov. D. diphyllostegia (F.Muell.) Bailey aemulans differt

essentialiter foliolis 2- vel 3-jugis apicibus obtusis vel subrotundatis, nervis

lateralibus numerosis inter se 4-7 mm distantibus. Typus: Queensland, NORTH

KENNEDY District: Dryander Creek about 2 km N of Gregory and about 20 km

N of Proserpine, 10 Nov 1985, P. Sharpe 4169 ( holo: BRI; iso: BRI).

Misapplied Name: D. diphyllostegia (F.Muell.) Bailey, in Austrobaileya 1(4): 397

(1981) quoad collections from Proserpine, Mackay and Bee Creek.

Small to medium sized spreading trees. Young parts, branchlets and leaf axes densely

tomentose and finely villous with shiny + crispate pale to brown-rusty hairs; young

leaves sericeous. Branchlets slender, about 3 mm diameter at apex, lenticellate. Leaves

(with petiole) 12-20(-25) cm long with 2 or 3 leaflets on each side of rachis. Petiole

2-4(—5.5) cm long. Rachis 1.5—7(-8.5) cm long. Pinnae obovate, elliptic to obovate-

elliptic, apex obtuse or + rounded, or truncate, base cuneate or obtuse, oblique,

5.5-12(-16.5) cm X 2.8-7 cm, glabrous above, finely puberulent below, midrib and

nerves (below) finely pubescent, thinly coriaceous; lateral nerves 12-20 pairs, oblique,

4-7 mm apart (rarely more), parallel. Petiolule 3—7(-10) mm long. Panicles laxly branched,

7.5-19 cm long, to 10 cm wide, peduncles pale crispate tomentose, cymules 3-flowered;

bracts 2.5 mm X | mm, brown velvety. Flowers 4-5 mm diameter, male and female

on same inflorescence; pedicel 2-3 mm long. Calyces 3.5 mm *X 4. 5 mm, finely pale

crispate tomentose outside, lobes 2-3 mm X I-1.5 mm. Petals 5, one slightly reduced,

2.5-3 mm X 2 mm, obovate, claw short; scales longer than petal, densely woolly, mostly

all crested. Disc incomplete. Stamens 8, filaments 3-4.5 mm long, pilose towards base.

Fruit as in D. diphyllostegia, 1.4-1.6 cm X 1.4-3 cm, valves thin, finely pubescent

outside, densely or sparsely hairy inside with long appressed pale hairs. Fig. 2.

Specimens examined (all BRI). Queensland. NORTH KENNEDY DIstTRIict: Dryander Ck 4 km ESE of Mt Dryander,

Jan 1986, Guymer 2007; Dryander Ck about 2 km N of Gregory and about 20 km N of Proserpine, Nov 1985,

Sharpe 4169: Strathdickie near Proserpine, Oct 1936, McPherson 90; Impulse Creek, Conway Range, Nov 1985,

Sharpe 4068: Kelsey Ck near Proserpine, Michae/ 1134, SourH KENNEDY District: Cathu S.F., Nov 1981, Young

429; Eungella Ra. via Mackay, Oct 1922, Francis; 29 km W of Mackay, Nov 1976, Turner. LEICHHARDT DISTRICT:

Bee Creek, Clemens BRI 161710.

Distribution and Habitat: Queensland, Proserpine to Bee Creek SW of Sarina; usually

on creek banks in notophyll vine forests.

Affinities: The new species is closely related to D. diphyllostegia (F.Muell.) Bailey under

which it was included as an obtuse-leaved form (Reynolds 1981, pp. 397-398). It has

the same characteristic flowers, fruits, leaf texture and colour of indumentum as D.

diphyllostegia but differs essentially in the 2- or 3-paired leaflets, obtuse or subrotundate

niacie Fa parallel lateral nerves close to each other, and finer, shorter hairs on the

ranchlets.

D. diphyllostegia (F.Muell.) Bailey has generally larger leaves, 16-43(—70) cm long

with 3-6(—9) leaflets on each side of rachis; petiole 7-10 cm long; rachis 6.5—17(—26 in

juvenile) cm long; pinnae elliptic oblong or subobovate, apex acute or acuminate (usually

abruptly shortly acuminate) or obtuse, base subacute or obtuse, oblique, pubescent or

puberulent below, 11.5~—18.5(-—23) cm x 4-7,5 cm, lateral nerves 10-14 pairs, (4-)7-15

mm apart; petiolule (2~)3-5 mm long. Panicles 15-29 cm long and as wide. D.

diphyllostegia occurs in Queensland from Cape York Peninsula to near Ingham, usually

on creek or river banks in mesophyll rainforest, and in Papua New Guinea.

331

— y §

i 4 4 4b +, \ * 4 * 4 y L 7 \ 4.

— me Le hae ae antag on) aw Aa \ 1 i ‘ ria, ‘ %* \ 4 ‘ + Lo. \

a A STRATE ty ab yaad 1 Viva ee ok |

r * Es ¢ f We \ figy yh ; Vy 1a’ 4 <4 1 ij

Reng MEERA rat | 4 i ail

As a aC aH

7. aera vor et

= “

et :

Fi ths ad 7.

a = te = ¢ -

Teta 5, a

-, oir a ie

- ‘eee =

ceva | “4

1 +

: =

‘*

iil,

woah +a ‘

3) et ae

fete

Fig. 2. Diploglottis obovata: A. habit with flowers (Young 429) x 3/4. B. male flower (Young 429) x 6. C. Calyx

lobes (Young 429) xX 6. D. front of petal showing scales and crests (Young 429) x 12. E. back of petal (Young

429) x 12. F & G. fruits (Michael BRI 161706) X 2. H. seed with aril (Michael BRI 161706) X 2.

332

In the key to the species of Diploglottis (Reynolds 1983, p. 391) couplets 6 and

7 must be replaced by the following:

6. Leaf rachis 10—48.5(-71) cm long. Petiole (5-)8-17(-27) cm long. Leaflets

9-33(-51) cm xX ciikut Boke cm, Be Leiceh smaller. Petiolule eee cnt 35 mm

long .... ead 7

Leaf rachis 1.5-17(-26) cm long. Petiole 2-8(-10) cm long. Leaflets

5.5-18.5(-23) cm X 2.8-7.5 cm. Petiolule 2-7(-10) mm long .......... 9

7. Petiolule (7-)11-35 mm long. Inflorescence unbranched, arrow. Flowers

7-8 mm diameter. Leaflets obtuse or abruptly acuminate. Shrubs or

small trees to 4 m, unbranched ........................ D. macrantha

(Cape York Peninsula, Qld)

Petiolule 2—12(-15) mm long. Inflorescence branched, usually nearly as

wide as long. Flowers 4-8 mm diameter. Leaflets usually b broad, obtuse

or truncate at apex. Trees to 35 m, branched .... . ne, a cate 8

8. Fruit thin-walled, 1.3-1.8 cm xX 2.5-3 cm. Petals 4, rarely with reduced

5th one. Flowers 4-6 mm diameter. Rachis 10-35(-—71) cm long. Petiole

5~11 cm long. Basal leaflets oblong to oblong-obovate ...... D. cunninghamii

(S.E. Qld & N.S.W,)

Fruit thick-walled, 3-3.5 cm X 3.2-4.2 cm. Petals 5. Flowers 7-8 mm

diameter, Rachis 34-48.5 cm siete Petiole 12-20 cm ADE, Basal leaflets

broadly obovate ...... a ee D. berniana

/(N. Qld)

9. Leaflets 3-5-paired, acuminate, acute or obtuse; lateral nerves not close

together (to 15 mm apart). Rachis 6.5-17(-26) cm long. Branchlets

densely hairy, with 7 ae ee coarse spreading hairs and pale

tomentum .... . oe D. diphyllostegia

(N. Qld & New Guinea)

Leaflets 2—3-paired, obtuse or subrotundate at apex; lateral nerves close

together (usually less than 7 mm apart). Rachis 1.5-3.2 cm long.

Branchiets finely tomentose with spree appressed and spreading

TERPS? os 8. pet che Sagas ates hee ety eatats hay Be D. obovata

‘(Proserpine to Eungella, Qld)

ALECTRYON Gaertn.

Alectryon ramiflorus S.Reyn., sp. nov. a speciebus ceteris Australiensis foliolatis par-

vioribus angustis pluribus (plerumque 6-9 paribus) polymorphis in juvenalis

praecipue differt, et inflorescentiis ramifloris fructuosis. Typus: Queensland, Wide

Bay District: Cordalba State Forest, south of Bundaberg, 27 Jan 1986, K.D.Sarnadsky

& E.E.Zillmann 351 [fruiting specimen] (holo: BRI; iso; BRI).

Tree to 7 m, older branches with numerous prominent ellipsoid lenticels. Young branches

and leaf axes with scattered ascending appressed or spreading pale brown hairs. Leaves

polymorphic, with (2-)6-9 leaflets on each side of rachis (12-19 in juvenile leaves).

Petiole (1-)2.5-4.5 cm long, subterete, shortly pulvinate. Rachis 3-12.5 cm long (19 cm

in juveniles) adaxially ridged, usually slightly margined. Leaflets polymorphic, subopposite

or alternate, variable, usually narrowly elliptic or subovate, apex truncate or obtuse,

retuse, margins entire or with few lobes, base acute or abruptly attenuate and decurrent

into petiolules, oblique, 2.2-6.7 cm X 0.6-1.5 cm, thinly coriaceous, pale green and +

shiny above, yellow green below, glabrous or with ‘few hairs on midrib and towards the

base below; midrib ridged above, lateral nerves and reticulation prominent, fine, lateral

nerves 8-12 pairs subpatent. Petiolule 2-7 mm long. (Juvenile leaflets with lobes or

pinnately divided into fine narrow leaflets, leaves bipinnate in adventitious shoots.)

sadhmiebeg hema tinct Suter rior MoRhnhis Mote tbat ahs mina ane li a te tin db EE tt a AE Ee NN ltt bende tte tei Dn a a at i at AB tata at la abe bel Db AABN abst VN tite dpe om

Le ee pe |

ree at

vet

et Sh ote

eh eT

'— **

o+**

333

Ene ee we Se ™

~=¥F,

”

my i ”

Cra | ”

4 le a e

shy MP Hy Ml " f’ »

”

4 yer’ ry

» oe a”

ot ok %

he ghote

Pa * poh on

a . 4

rate b F

a *} cv yt

Tad yor? hi :* oy 4

rl oe ea * ‘ir

PL aa a | 7

» woe » yo

oi , t

Aias xu he whe »

Patan » yf or *

CY oe 7 * 1

» Ps ’ ‘ Md

a) f] ss ,

r] ra

» »* +

ry oh a’

4 » 4} ”

a 4 | ”

sy ‘ x

* , ae

. \e vy

f ok, hy

4 4 1 t

" Pa rob b

- 4 a » af

wf " * 4

id ote o*

* "4 rf

% or fd i

a ee te

hk he f

“f * “4

hoy eg

t* r Foy

+** of “ 1

¥ a Pd +

a 4

, r *, al

. . =# 4, *

‘ \ a ae

y ff CAS

’

: Ta i a Oe

ane “4g

“ ‘

. I is \

t ad

(Sarnadsky & Zillmann 351) x 3/4. B. fruit X 4. C. seed with

th fruits

A. habit w

iflorus

Fig. 3. Alectryon ram

aril < 4.

334

Inflorescences clustered on branches on short brachyoblast-like structures sometimes

intermingled with young shoots, usually 2-4(-7) per cluster, paniculiform with few lax

branches, usually branching from the base, 9-13 cm long and as wide, secondary and

tertiary peduncles slender, puberulent. Flowers 3—3.5 mm diameter: pedicels 1.5-2 mm

long. Calyces broadly cupular, 2 mm xX 3-3.5 mm, lobes small, ovate, 0.7 mm xX I mm,

puberulent. Petals absent. Disc fleshy, crenulate. Stamens 6-8, filaments | mm long,

glabrous, anthers 2 mm long. Ovary (1-)2-lobed. Fruit green, small, usually borne in a

dense mass, (1-)2-lobed, broadly and transversely ellipsoid with 2 globose or ellipsoid

turgid lobes slightly compressed at apex, 5-6 mm X 9 mm, if l-lobed then subglobose

or ellipsoid and 7 mm X 4 mm; pericarp thinly fleshy, drying + crustaceous, glabrescent

or glabrous outside. Seeds brownish, haif enclosed in red granular cupular aril; stalk $

mm long, slender. Fig. 3.

Specimens examined, Queensland, WipE BAY District: Cordalba, April 1982, Sarnadsky 168 (BRI); Cordalba

State Forest, south of Bundaberg, Jan 1986, Sarnadsky & Zillmann 351 (BRI), Dec 1986, Zilimann (BRI)

{flowering specimen].

Distribution and Habitat: Known only from type locality in southern Queensland. Rare,

growing in a small population of about 20 specimens in remnant scrubs.

Affinities: A very distinctive species differing from all the other species of Alectryon

known from Australia by the inflorescences clustered on old branches and the very

variable and polymorphic leaves and leaflets especially in juvenile and adventitious

shoots. Leaflets are also smaller, narrower and greater in number (usually 6-9 pairs)

than in other species.

Note: The mass of fruit on the branches was said to be so dense that it obscured about

a 60 cm long portion of each branch. The wood is reported to be suitable for turning.

Alectryon Gaertn. and Heterodendrum Desf.

The finding of A. ramiflorus S.Reyn. has necessitated a reassessment of the

variability and relationships of A/ectryon Gaertn. and Heterodendrum Desf. In the past

they have been separated on their leaf character, pinnate in Alectryon and simple in

Heterodendrum. Apart from this they are hardly distinguishable, having similar flowers

and fruits, seeds and arils. For example, fruits of H. oleifolium Desf. resemble those of

A, coriaceus (Benth.) Radlk. and A. repando-dentatus Radlk., while those of H. pubescens

S.Reyn. are hardly distinguishable from those of A. subdentatus (F.Muell. ex Benth.)

Radlk. H. pubescens closely resembles H. diversifolium F.Muell. in having entire or lobed

leaves. Both can have leaves lobed or entire in the upper part and pinnate at the base.

In this character they resemble A. subdentatus to such an extent that A. subdentatus has

sometimes been thought to be an abnormal form or a hybrid with H. pubescens. Dr

P.W.Leenhouts, Leiden, who is currently working on A/ectryon suggested (in litt.) the

transfer of H. pubescens to Alectryon. However it is closely related to H. diversifolium

and has the inflorescence of Heterodendrum.

The small fruits and the shape and lobing of the leaves of A. ramiflorus resemble

those of species of Heterodendrum. In this species leaflets of the same leaf can be entire,

lobed or pinnate and on adventitous shoots the leaves are bipinnate with fine narrow

leaflets, a condition not before seen in Australian Sapindaceae. Most species in this

family develop simple leaves first (seedling stage), then lobed leaves (usually in juveniles),

and finally pinnate leaves, for example, Atal/aya, Diploglottis and Harpullia. Species of

some genera, for example, Atalaya and Dodonaea have either simple or pinnate leaves.

Leaves of Atalaya variifolia F.Muell. ex Benth. can be simple, lobed or pinnate, sometimes

on a single branch. Because of the variability of the leaves of Alectryon and Heteroden-

drum, the occurrence of simple lobed and pinnate leaves in species of other genera of

Sapindaceae, and the lack of other distinguishing characters, the two genera are combined

here under the earlier name, A/lectryon.

The distribution of Alectryon, including Heterodendrum is similar to some other

genera such as Flindersia. Species of Alectrvon as formerly defined are mostly found in

rainforests while those of Heterodendrum are found in drier areas, for example, in

brigalow communities. H. oleifolium extends to the margins of deserts.

335

New combinations for species previously under Heterodendrum

1. Alectryon diversifolius (F.Muell.) S.Reyn., comb. nov.

Heterodendrum diversifolium F.Muell., Fragm. 1: 46 (1858). Type: subtropical and

tropical eastern Australia, Brigalow scrubs, collector unknown (not seen).

2. Alectryon tropicus (S.Reyn.) S.Reyn., comb. nov.

Heterodendrum tropicum §.Reyn., Austrobaileya 1: 484 (1983). Type: Cook DisTRICT:

Mungana, 16 Jun 1946, H. Flecker N. Q.N.C. No 10423 (BRI: holo).

3. Alectryon pubescens (S.Reyn.) S.Reyn., comb. nov.

Heterodendrum pubescens S.Reyn., Austrobaileya 1: 485 (1983). Type: BURNETT

_ District: Eidsvold, Sep 1915, Dr T.L.Bancroft (BRI: holo).

PATA A eee a tp ap kittie tba https BES Ee Ro ES ope Ee clale a lelely alelete sella ates stelely eee pene eae ee lee pe stag bts eg eee ne ee ee fee ee ee pe fe eee le eee epee ep ele en a lee eee eee eee gee ea else gee ee alee eee ee ele ease ae setae olen lee oe e e ele eae ee ee eee eg el ee e's nelle eee eee eee

4. Alectryon oleifolius (Desf.) S.Reyn. comb. nov.

Heterodendrum oleifolium Desf., Mem. Mus. Hist. Nat. 4: 8.t.3 (1818).Type: Western

Australia, probably Shark Bay area, Baudin expedition (? 1so: fragments and

negatives NSW, photo BRI).

The variability of Alectryon oleifolius (Desf.) S.Reyn.

Alectryon oleifolius (Desf.) S.Reyn. 1s a very variable and complex species with

two other species reduced under it, namely H. macrocalyx Radlk. and H. microcalyx

Radlk. These were previously treated as varieties ( Reynolds 1983,1985). Recent numerous

additions to collections of this widespread species have necessitated the reassessment of

this complex. It was found that differences between the three varieties were far greater

than thought previously. Three quite distinct entities can now be segregated morphol-

ogically and supported to a certain extent by ecological and distributional differences.

The entities only connect with each other through a small proportion of specimens with

somewhat intermediate characters. As these entities are not specifically distinct, as

Radikofer (1879) had thought, and there 1s also a slight overlap in ecology and distribution,

the varieties are here raised to subspecific rank. Necessary new combinations are made

and the key in Reynolds 1983, p.483 is amended as indicated below. Some variation

does occur in the subspecies and further collections may prove them to be distinct

varieties but varietal status 1s not warranted at the present time.

The epithets ‘macrocalyx’ and ‘microcalyx’ have been discounted in the choice of

subspecific epithets as the size of the calyx varies in the same subspecies. Indumentum,

leaf and inflorescence characters and the length of pedicels are used to separate the

subspecies.

1. Leaves 1.2-2.7 cm wide, rarely less; length: breadth ratio 2.3—5(—6):1;

lamina obovate or elliptic, obtuse ‘truncate, retuse or subacute. Fruits

HUNG os cama: yan . Saath Winn oy met ree PG Me roth eS eMac oy, BEE 2

Leaves less than 1 cm wide; length:breadth ratio 7~20(-31):1; lamina

usually long and slender, narrowly elliptic or subobovate, acute, acu-

minate or obtuse. Fruits hairy or glabrous Se Ath Oe ASSN ths gh oa 3

2. Leaves and branches rigid, canescent or glabrous. Cymules sessile or

subsessile, flowers on stout pedicels cane’ mm mii Flowers red.

Aril orange .. 2. 0... ok ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ae ees. 6SUbSpP. oleifolius

Leaves and branches usually drooping, canescent. Cymules and flowers

on slender staiks 3-14 mm was sienna cian or Yellgwish: Aril

FE a ak ad te Se Mola MMSE Soak ES ...... SUbSp. canescens

336

3. Fruit, calyx and leaves usually densely hairy. Leaves narrowly elliptic or

subobovate, length:breadth ratio 7.5-10.6(-12):1. Inflorescences 1-13-

flowered, of cymes, racemes or panicles. Flowers to 6 mm wide; pedicels

(3-)6-14 mm long ......................., +... .. Subsp. canescens

Fruit, calyx and leaves usually glabrous. Leaves usually slender and long,

length:breadth ratio 7-20(-31):1. Inflorescences to 53- or more-flowered,

usually eee Flowers 2.5-4 mm wide; ery 1.5-4(-6) mm

long, 27 iS Te CRE Ae: ...... subsp. elongatus

Alectryon oleifolius Test ) S. Reva, re Oleifolius stat.nov.

Heterodendrum oleifolium Desf., Mem. Mus. Hist. Nat. 4: 8.t.3 (1818). Type: Western

Australia, probably Shark Bay area, Baudin expedition (iso: fragments and neg-

atives NSW, photo BRI).

H. oleifolium var. oleifolium S.Reyn., Austrobaileya 1: 483 (1983).

H. oleifolium var. euryphyllum Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 348 (1927). Type: Ham-

ersley Range near Nichol Bay, W.A., /.Gregory’s Exped. (not seen).

Shrubs or small trees to 3 m high, 5 m wide, sometimes spinescent. Leaves glaucous or

green, truncate, retuse or obtuse, 3.5-8(-10.5) cm X 0.7-2.7 cm. Petiole 4-10 mm long.

Inflorescence racemiform or with racemiform branches. Calyx 3-6 mm wide, entire or

subentire. Fruit 2- or 3-knob-lobed, to 2.2 cm diameter.

Distribution and Habitat: Western Australia. North West District: Hamersley Range to

Tamala Station near Shark Bay; on red sand hills or grey sandy clay. Map 1.

Common name: Minga tree.

Notes and Observations: The stiff leaves and inflorescence with subsessile. or sessile

cymules and red flowers on stout + patent pedicels distinguish this subspecies.

Maps 1-3. |. Alectryon oleifolius subsp. oleifolius. 2, A. oleifolius subsp. canescens. 3. A. oleifolius subsp. elongatus.

337

Alectryon oleifolius (Desf.) S.Reyn. subsp. canescens S.Reyn., subsp. nov.

Heterodendrum macrocalyx Radlk., Act. Congr. Bot. Amsterdam 119 (1877); =

Sapind. Holl.-Ind. 49 (1879). Type: Murray River, collector unknown(syn: not

seen); between Ooldea and Charlotte Waters, collector unknown (syn: not seen).

H. oleifolium Desf. var. macrocalyx (Radlk.) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 348 (1927).

Shrubs or small trees to 6 m; branchlets, leaves and inflorescences densely white rath

Leaves sericeous when young, obovate or elliptic, 5-8.5(-10) cm x 0.4~-1.6(-2.2) cm,

obtuse, acute or subacute mucronate; petiole 2~16 mm long. Flowers solitary or in a

few 39(—13) -flowered cymes, racemes or panicles. Calyx usually 4-6 mm wide, subentire.

Fruit (1-)2- or 3-lobed, densely hairy, 1.2-2.5 cm diameter.

Distribution and Habitat: Common form in inland regions of Western Australia, South

Australia, north-western New South Wales, Victoria and western Queensland; on sand

dunes, sandy ridges and hills, and creekbanks. Map 2.

Common name: Bullock Bush, Black Apple Bush, Dogwood, Rosewood, Cabbage Bush.

Aboriginal name: Mindra.

Etymology: The subspecific epithet refers to the canescent look of the plants.

Notes and Observations: This subspecies differs from the typical one in the pedicels

tending to be long and slender whereas in subsp. oleifolius they are short and stout. The

leaves and tips of branches droop in this subspecies.

Alectryon oleifolius (Desf.) S.Reyn. subsp. elongatus S.Reyn., subsp. nov.

Heterodendrum microcalyx Radlk., Act. Congr. Bot. Amsterdam 119 (1877); =

Sapind. Holl.-Ind. 49 (1879). Type: Flinders River, collector unknown (holo:

MEL).

H. oleifolium var. microcalyx (Radlk.) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 348 (1927).

H. floribundum Pritzel in Fedde, Repert. 15: 358 (1918). Type: Central Australia,

Hermannsburg at Finke River, Strehlow 43 (not seen).

Small trees to 13 m; tips of branches and leaves usually drooping. Branchlets, leaves

and calyces puberulent or glabrous. Leaves light green, slender and long, narrowly elliptic,

subfalcate, acute, acuminate or obtuse, (4-)5.7-15.5(-18) cm X 0.4-1(-1.8) cm; petiole

5-15 mm long. Inflorescence racemiform or densely flowered panicles, 5—53(—100)-

flowered. Calyx 2.5—4 mm wide, subentire or laciniate. Fruit obcordate or didymous

with divaricate lobes, 1.2-2.5 cm diameter, glabrous.

Distribution and Habitat: North-western Queensland, southern central Australia and to

near Wyalong, New South Wales; in open forests usually on heavy soils. Map 3.

Common name: Boonaree, Australian Rosewood, Western Rosewood.

Etymology: The subspecific epithet refers to the slender long leaves.

Notes and Observations: This subspecies is distinctive in having glabrous fruits, green

leaves and densely flowered inflorescences with small flowers.

Some collections from Northern Territory differ shghtly in having wider leaves

and very short dense inflorescence and laciniately lobed calyces. They were described as

H. floribundum Pritzel, and have characters of both other subspecies. Further collections

may prove it to be a distinct taxon, the collections seen so far are insufficient to form

an opinion.

Alectryon coriaceus (Benth.) Radlk. and A. semicinereus (F.Muell.) Radlk.

The status of these two closely related species which were combined in the review

of Alectryon by Reynolds (1983) is here reassessed in view of recent collections and the

two species are shown to be distinct.

When the genus was reviewed A. semicinereus was known from only one poor

collection from north Queensland (Voick 1414) apart from the type and some cultivated

specimens at ORS. It was not unlike some of the collections of A. coriaceus from south-

338

eastern Queensland so that it was thought to be an acute-leaved form of A. coriaceus

and placed under that species. Both species have similar leaves, with greyish lower

surfaces of leaflets, and the same indumentum, inflorescences, flowers and fruits.

Recent additions to the collections from north Queensland show that the leaves

of these specimens are distinct from those from south-eastern Queensland. Since the

two species also differ ecologically, A. semicinereus 1s now considered to be a species

distinct from A. coriaceus.

The key to the species (Reynolds 1983, pp. 472-473) should be amended. Delete

& coriaceus’ from the first lead of Couplet 3 and substitute ‘3a’. Add the following

ouplet 3a.

3a Leaflets 1-paired, rarely 2-paired, elliptic-oblong or obovate-oblong, broad,

rounded or obtuse at both ends, 5.5-13.5 cm X 2.5-7.5 cm: lateral

nerves 8-12 pairs. Petiolule short and stout, 3-5 mm long.. .. .. ..A. coriaceus

Leaflets 2- or 3-paired, rarely 1- or 4-paired, elliptic-oblong, narrowing

and pointed at both ends, acute or acuminate, 9-19 cm X (4-)5.7-8.5

cm; lateral nerves 10-18 Das. Petiolule slender, pe 6-17 mm

long Sot anes, © ee ae Swat, 3:1 8! . A. semicinereus

Alectryon coriaceus Fenih). Radlk., Act. Pacek Bot. Amsterdam [18 § (1877). = Sapind.

Holl.-Ind. 48 (1879).

Distribution and Habitat: Grows in sublittoral forests, on coastal sands from Mary-

borough, Queensland, to Port Stephens, New South Wales.

Alectryon semicinereus (F.Muell.) Radlk., Act. Congr. Bot. Amsterdam 118 (1877), =

Sapind. Holl.-Ind. 48 (1879).

Distribution and Habitat: Grows in moist or subtropical rainforests in Queensland from

the Atherton Tableland to Bulburin usually on basalt. Its distribution 1s as follows:

Cook DIsTRIcT: S.F. 191 [not S.F.R. 91 as labelled], Wongabel, S of Atherton, Jul 1959, Voick 1414 (BRD) S.F.R.

194, Parish of Barron, Carrington Rd, Jan 1985, Gray 3830 (ORS), Apr 1985, Gray 3996 (QRS); R. 1173, banks

of the Barron River approx | km downstream from Atherton-Y ungaburra bridge, Mar 1982, Tracey 14925 (QRS):

Kirrama S.F. near Kennedy, Jan 1985, Crowley (QRS); S.F.R. 607, Parish of Dinden, Bridle L.A., May 1985,

Gray 4034 (QRS). PorRT CurRTISs District: Bulburin S.F 67, Jul 1985, McDonald 4076 (BRD), May 1986, Gibson

804 (BRI). [S.F. = State Forest; S.F.R. = State Forest Reserve: R, = Reserve; L.A.= Logging Area]

Acknowledgements

This is the final of the series of the study in Australian Sapindaceae, the completion

of which would not have been possible without the assistance I have received. I would

like to acknowledge my thanks to Les Pedley for his guidance and for providing or

checking the latin diagnoses. My thanks are also due to Dr Bob Johnson and Rod

Henderson for their help and comments. I am grateful to Laurie Jessup, Bill McDonald,

Gordon Guymer, Trevor Stanley, Norm Byrnes, Bernie Hyland, Geoff Tracey, Philip

Sharpe, Jeny Calway, Bruce Gray, John Clarkson, Bob Jago, Andrew Graham, J ohn

Connors, Lloyd Bird and Aileen Wood for their comments or assistance, especially in

providing essential specimens. I extend my thanks to the directors or keepers of the

following herbaria for kindly loaning me their specimens for study, QRS, MEL, NSW,

AD, PERTH, DNA, K, BM, A, L and PR.

This study has been based mainly on collections housed at BRI and QRS.

References

RADLKOFER, L.A.T. (1879). Ueber die Sapindaceen Hollandisch-Indiens. Reprinted from Actes du Congres

International de Botanists, Amsterdam 1877: 70-133.

REYNOLDS, S.T. (1981). Notes on Sapindaceae in Australia, I. Austrobaileya 1: 388-419.

REYNOLDS, S.T. (1983). Notes on Sapindaceae in Austalia, I]. Austrobaileya 1: 472-496. ‘1982’.

REYNOLDS, S.T. (1985). Sapindaceae (excluding Dodonaea & Diplopeltis). In A.S. George (ed.), Flora of Australia

Vol. 25. Canberra: Australian Government Publishing Service.

339

Austrobaileya 2(4): 339-343 (1987)

TWO NEW SPECIES OF NOTELAEA VENT. (OLEACEAE)

FROM SOUTH-EASTERN QUEENSLAND

G.P. Guymer

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068

Summary

The new species Notelaea pungens and N. lloydii are described and illustrated.

During a collecting trip to the Barakula State Forest in November 1981, I collected

fruiting material of a species of Notelaea which was unknown to me. Later examination

of this material revealed that 1t represented a new species. However, I required flowering

material to complete the study. This material has recently been obtained through the

generous assistance of Mrs Val Hando of Chinchilla and enables the species to be

formally described.

The second Notelaea species described in this paper was brought to my attention

by Mr L.H.Bird of Bundamba who first collected material of it in 1981. Subsequent

collections by him and examination of populations in the field have confirmed that it,

too, 18 a new species.

__ Floral descriptions of the two new species are based on material preserved in

Spirit.

Notelaea pungens Guymer, sp. nov. affinis N. lineari Benth. sed foltis brevioribus

pungentibus (1.1-3.2 cm longis), inflorescentiis 1-floribus et pedicellis brevioribus

(0.5-0.6 mm longis) differt. Typus: Queensland, Darling Downs District: Percy

Grant Road, Barakula State Forest, 15 Jun 1985, V. Hando 378 (holo: BRI; iso:

BRI,CANB, MEL ,NSW).

Compact small bushy shrubs 15-60 cm high. Branchlets puberulent with erect simple

hairs, glabrescent. Leaves glabrous except for basal part of midrib above and petioles;

lamina coriaceous, lanceolate, acute, slightly punctate above, less so below, 1.1-3.2 cm

long, 4-5 mm wide; margin entire, thickened and slightly recurved; apex aristate; base

attenuate into petiole; venation obscure above and below, visible with lens, lateral veins

7-9 pairs; petiole sparsely puberulent, to 1 mm long. Inflorescences axillary, 1 (or 2) per

axil, metaxymonads, 2-3 mm long; axes puberulent; bracts 4-8, decussate; ovate,

puberulent outside, margins ciliolate, persistent, 0.4—0.6 mm long. Flowers very pale

green to pale yellow; pedicels sparsely puberulent, articulate at base, 0.5-0.6 mm long.

Sepals semi-elliptic, apex acute, sparsely puberulent, margins ciliolate, Q.6-0.8 mm long.

Corolla induplicate-valvate in bud, 4(-5)-lobed; lobes ovate, concave, usually in pairs,

1.9-2.5 mm long, 0.9-1.1 mm wide, joined above the base of filaments for 0.3-0.5 mm,

margins ciliolate. Stamens 2, glabrous, enclosed within the concave corolla lobes; filaments

0.4-0.6 mm long with a broad connective and small terminal umbo; anthers 1.2-1.3

mm long, 1.1-1.2 mm wide. Ovary glabrous, 1-1.6 mm long at anthesis: style 0.3-0.4

mm long; stigma cream, 2-lobed, 0.3-0.4 mm long. Drupe globular to ovoid, dark blue,

7~10 mm long, 5-9 mm diameter: mesocarp 1-1.2 mm thick; endocarp crustaceous,

0.1-0.25 mm thick. Fig. 1. |

Specimens examined. Queensland. DARLING Downs District: N side of Big Break, between Barakula Office and

Bollon Office, 2 km E of Burncluith road, Barakula State Forest, Mar 1985, Ballingall 1756 (BRI); Percy Grant

road, Barakula State Forest, Mar 19835, Ballingall 1757 (BRD, June 1985, Hando 378 (BRI,CANB,MEL,NSW), 2

km S of Percy Grant Road, 26°23’S, 150°45’ E, Barakula State Forest, May 1986, Ballingall 2202 (BRD; Mothers

Day patch [26°24’S, 150°45’E], Barakula State Forest, Nov 1981, Guymer 1630 (BRI ).

Distribution: N. pungens is known only from a small area within Barakula State Forest,

north of Chinchilla.

miata hans set peel AE A CUA eee WA UR NHPC A eA AR Eng pe

340

Ecology: The species occurs in open eucalypt forests of FE. watsoniana F.Muell. and E.

panda S.T.Blake on soils derived from sandstone.

Flowering period: May to July.

Fruiting period: November to March.

Notes: N. pungens will key to N. linearis in Green’s (1968) revision of Notelaea and in

the Flora of South-eastern Queensland (Stanley & Ross 1986) but differs in its 1-flowered

inflorescences, short pedicels (0.4-0.5 mm long) and pungent leaves.

Conservation status: The species 1s assessed as restricted and vulnerable (2V) using the

risk coding of Leigh, Briggs and Hartley (1981).

Etymology: Named from the Latin pungens in reference to the sharp-pointed leaves.

Fig, 1. Notelaea pungens: A. flowering branchlet X 3. B.-stamen and two corolla lobes X 12. C. inflorescence xX

6. D. flower with front two corolla lobes removed showing ovary X 12. All from Hando 378.

341

Notelaea lloydii Guymer, sp. nov. affinis N. microcarpa R.Br. sed foliis perangustis

verruculosis, inflorescentiis 5-9 floribus et habitu multicauli differt. Typus: Queens-

land, Moreton District: End of Bunya Street, off Mt Crosby road, 13.8 km W

of Kenmore P.O., Jul 1985, GP. Guymer 1990 (holo: BRI; iso:

AD,BRI,CANB,DNA,K,L,MEL,MO,NSW,PERTH).

Multistemmed shrubs, 1-3(-4) m high; stems 2-4 cm diameter; bark pale grey, smooth.

Branchlets puberulent with erect simple hairs, glabrescent. Leaves glabrous except pub-

erulent base; lamina coriaceous, linear, slightly falcate, punctate above and below, 7-14

cm long, 2-5.5 mm wide (length:breadth ratio 30-72:1); margin entire, slightly raised

and recurved; apex acute; base very narrowly cuneate, decurrent into petiole; venation

distinct and raised above, obscure and flush below, lateral veins 9-12 pairs; petioles

puberulent, 1-2 mm long. Juvenile leaves linear, 6-15 cm long, 1-2 mm wide. Inflo-

rescences axillary, 1 or 2 per axil, metabotryoids, 5-9-flowered, 5-10 mm long; axes

puberulent, sometimes glabrous apically; upper bracts ovate or lanceolate, caducous,

sparsely puberulent outside, glabrous inside, 0.8-1.2 mm long, basal pair ovate-acute,

puberulent outside, persistent, 1-1.5 mm long. Flowers pale yellow or cream; pedicels

glabrous or sparsely puberulent, articulate at base, 3-5 mm long. Sepals glabrous or

ciliolate at apex, triangular, apex acute or rounded, 0.2—0.6 mm long, 0.4-0.8 mm wide.

Corolla induplicate-valvate in bud, 4-lobed; lobes ovate, concave, 0.9-2.2 mm long,

0.9—1 mm wide, joined in pairs above base of filament for 0.4-0.6 mm, glabrous. Stamens

2, glabrous, enclosed within the concave corolla lobes; filaments 0.1—0.2 mm long with

a blunt terminal umbo; anthers 1.1-1.5 mm long, 1.3-1.4 mm wide. Ovary glabrous,

0.7-1 mm long at anthesis; style 0.1-0.15 mm long; stigma pink, 2-lobed, 0.25—0.35 mm

long. Drupe globular to ovoid, dark blue, 6-8 mm long, 5-8 mm diameter; mesocarp

{1~1.5 mm thick; endocarp woody, 0.3-0.4 mm thick. Fig. 2.

Specimens examined, Queensland. MORETON DISTRICT: Banks of Brisbane R., near Karana Downs, Jul 1981,

Bird AQ348158 (BRD; Cliffs above Brisbane R., near Karana Downs, Jun 1981, Bird AQ348213 (BRI); Mt Crosby —

road, opposite Bunya St, Jul 1985, Guymer 1987 & Self (BRI), Self & Dillewaard s.n. (BRILNE,NSW); end of

Bunya St, off Mt Crosby road, 13.8 km W of Kenmore, Jul 1985, Guymer 1990 (AD,BRI,CANB,

DNA,K,L,MEL,MO,NSW,PERTH), Guymer 1989 & Self (BRI,CBG,MEL,NE), Guymer 1988 & Self CBRI, K),

Self & Dillewaard (AD,BRI,QRS); Tyamolum Scout camp site, vicinity of Kholo Ck, Bunya St, Mt Crosby, Nov

Noa ray ER Senn eet aiep peseer ne Frenchs Ck road, ca 12 km SW of Boonah, Jul 1984, Bird

A 5 RI).

Distribution: The species is known from the Mt Crosby area, on the western outskirts

of the city of Brisbane and from the Boonah district, southwest of Brisbane.

Ecology: N. /ioydii occurs in the ecotone between eucalypt open forests and vine thickets.

The most common associated eucalypts are FE. crebra F.Muell. and E. maculata Hook.

with associated trees and shrubs of Brachychiton populneus (Schott & Endl.) R.Br.,

Alphitonia excelsa R.Br., Acacia aulacocarpa Cunn. ex Benth., A. concurrens Pedley, A.

falcata Willd., and Diospyros ferrea (Willd.) Bakh. var. geminata (Willd.) Bakh.

Flowering period: June to early August.

Fruiting period: October to December.

Notes: N. floydii will key to N. microcarpa in Green’s (1968) revision of Notelaea and

in the Flora of South-eastern Queensland (Stanley & Ross 1986) but can be distinguished

from this species by its verruculose linear leaves, 5-—9-flowered inflorescences and

multistemmed habit.

Conservation status: The species is presently known from two locations sixty kilometres

apart. The populations that occur on the Tyamolum Scout camp site and in Moggill

State Forest (L.H.Bird, pers. comm.) are reasonably well protected from the encroaching

urbanisation. However, N. //oydii is assessed as restricted and vulnerable (2V) using the

sa one of Leigh, Briggs and Hartley (1981) until further distributional data are

obtained.

Etymology: Named in honour of Mr Lloyd Bird of Bundamba who drew my attention

‘to the distinctiveness of this species. Mr Bird is an avid botanical collector who has

provided numerous specimens of botanical importance for the Queensland Herbarium,

including N. /loydii.

A SCORSERUM St

Henle Be ‘. we

mm,

msn Ns a Na a a i Sata 8 etm ma

ALTE Tem petted hah AENEAN REINER EN Em EA EHH MAN RY ONT PNA PEN MSE ME, ea nny ee aa eR AG VESEY LA LV ar RT a RTT i Read MORRO AD

342

Fig. 2. Notelaea lloydii: A. flowering branchiet X 2/3. B. stamen and two corolla lobes x 12. C. flower with front

two corolla lobes removed showing ovary X 12. D. inflorescence X 4. E. fruiting branchlet X 2. A-D from

Guymer 1990; E from Bird s.n. (Nov 1985).

343

Acknowledgments

The assistance of Mrs Val Hando in obtaining flowering and preserved material

of N. pungens is gratefully acknowleged. I also wish to thank Mr Lloyd Bird for bringing

N. lloydii to my attention and for discussion with him on its distribution. Mr Alan Self

assisted with field work and Mr Will Smith drew the illustrations.

References

GREEN, P.S. (1968). Revision of the genus Notelaea (Oleaceae). Journal of the Arnold Arboretum 49: 333-369.

LEIGH, J., BRIGGS, J. & HARTLEY, W. (1981). Rare or threatened Australian Plants. Australian National

Parks and Wiidlife Service Special Publication no. 7. Canberra: Australian National Parks and Wildlife

Service,

STANLEY, i & ROSS, E.M.(1986). Flora of South-eastern Queensland Vol. 2. Brisbane: Queensland Dept.

Prim. Ind.

344

Austrobatleya 2(4): 344-357 (1987)

RACOSPERMA MARTIUS (LEGUMINOSAE: MIMOSOIDEAE)

IN QUEENSLAND: A CHECKLIST

L. Pedley

Queensland Herbarium, Meters Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068

Summary

The 246 species of Racesperma Martius known to occur in Queensland are listed alphabetically. New combinations

are made for 228 species, 14 subspecies and two varieties. Most of the species were previously referred to Acacia

Miller.

The recognition of Acacia Miller subg. Phyllodineae Seringe as a distinct genus,

Racosperma Martius (Pedley 1986), necessitates the transfer of most Australian species

described as Acacia to Racosperma. Martius himself made only a few transfers. Racos-

perma is reasonably well known in Queensland and now is an appropriate time to

publish a list of species.

_ Changes in the rank of some taxa are made but the circumscription of the great

majority remains as before (see Pedley 1978,1980,1981,1987; Pedley & Forster 1986).

Checklist

Racosperma acradenia (F.Muell.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia acradenia F.Muell., Iconog. Austral Acacia, Decade 11. 4th Plate (1888).

Racosperma adsurgens (Maiden & Blakely) Pedley, comb. nov.

Are reens Maiden & Blakely, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Western Australia 13: 28

Racosperma aduncum (Cunn. ex G.Don) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia adunca Cunn. ex G.Don, Gen. Hist. 2: 406 (1832).

Racosperma allenianum (Maiden) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia alleniana Maiden in Ewart & Davies, Fl. N. Territory: 330 (1917).

Racosperma amblygonum (Cunn. ex Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia amblygona Cunn. ex Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 332 (1842).

Racosperma ammophilum (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia ammophila Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 197 (1978).

Racosperma ancistrocarpum (Maiden & Blakely) Pedley, comb. nov.

a on Maiden & Blakely, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Western Australia 13:

31 (1928).

Racosperma aneurum (F.Muell. ex Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia aneura F.Muell. ex Benth., Linnaea 26: 627 (1855).

Racosperma angustum (Maiden & Blakely) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia angusta Maiden & Blakely, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 38: 115 (1927).

Racosperma apreptum (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia aprepta Pedley, Contr. Queensland Herb. 15: 5 (1974).

Racosperma argyraeum (Tindale) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia argyraea Tindale, Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 4: 141 (1970).

345

Racosperma argyrodendron (Domin) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia argyrodendron Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 261 (1926).

Racosperma armillatum Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 325 (1987).

Racosperma armitii (F.Muell. ex Maiden) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia armitii F.Muell. ex Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 51: 84-

(1917).

Racosperma asperulaceum (F.Muell.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia asperulacea F.Muell., J. Proc. Linn, Soc., Bot. 3: 123 (1859).

Racosperma attenuatum (Maiden & Biakely) Pediey, comb. nov.

Acacia attenuata Maiden & Blakely, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 38: 117 (1927).

Racosperma aulacocarpum (Cunn. ex Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia aulacocarpa Cunn, ex Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 378 (1842).

R. aulacocarpum var. aulacocarpum

R. aulacocarpum var. fruticosum (C.White) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia aulacocarpa var. fruticosa C.White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 57: 23 (1946).

Racosperma auriculiforme (Cunn. ex Benth.) Pedley, J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 92: 247 (1986).

Racosperma baeuerlenii (Maiden & R.Baker) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia baeuerlenii Maiden & R.Baker, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales ser. 2,

10: 583 (1896).

Racosperma baileyanum (F.Muell.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia baileyana F.Muell., Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria 24: 168 (1888).

Racosperma bakeri (Maiden) Pediey, comb. nov.

Acacia bakeri Maiden, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales ser. 2, 10: 337 (1895).

Racosperma bancroftii (Maiden) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia bancroftii Maiden, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 30: 26 (1918).

Racosperma baueri (Benth.) Pediey, comb. nov.

Acacia baueri Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 344 (1842).

Racosperma betchei (Maiden & Blakely) Pedley, comb. nov.

sae “iia Maiden & Blakely, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 60: 174

1927).

Racosperma binervatum (DC.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia binervata DC., Prodr. 2: 452 (1825).

Racosperma blakei (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia blakei Pedley, Contr. Queensland Herb. 15: 6 (1974).

R. blakei subsp. blakei

R. blakei subsp. diphyllum (Tindale) Pedley, comb. & stat. nov.

Acacia diphylla Tindale, Telopea 1: 79 (1975).

Racosperma brachycarpum (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia brachycarpa Pedley, Contr. Queensland Herb. 4: 5 (1969).

Racosperma brachystachyum (Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia brachystachya Benth., Fl. Austral. 2: 403 (1864).

Racosperma brassii (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia brassii Pedley, Contr. Queensland Herb. 15: 6 (1974).

346

Racosperma brownei (Poiret) Pedley, comb. nov.

Mimosa brownei Poiret, Encycl. Meth. Bot. Suppl. 5: 530 (1817).

Racosperma brunioides (Cunn. ex G.Don) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia brunioides Cunn. ex G.Don, Gen. Hist. 2: 404 (1832).

R. brunioides subsp. brunioides

R. brunioides subsp. graniticum (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia brunioides subsp. granitica Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 246 (1980).

Racosperma burbidgeae (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia burbidgeae Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 249 (1980).

Racosperma burrowii (Maiden) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia burrowii Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 53: 227 (1920).

Racosperma buxifolium (Cunn.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia buxifolia Cunn. in Field, Geogr. Mem. New South Wales: 344 (18235).

R: buxifolium subsp. buxifolium

R. buxifolium subsp. pubiflorum (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia buxifolia subsp. pubiflora Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 281 (1980).

Racosperma calanthum (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia calantha Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 261 (1980). —

Racosperma calcicola (Forde & Ising) Pedley, comb. noy.

Anos calcicola Forde & Ising, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. South Australia 81: 153

1958).

Racosperma calyculatum (Cunn. ex Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia calyculata Cunn. ex Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 379 (1842).

Racosperma cambagei (R.Baker) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia cambagei R.Baker, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 25: 661 (1901).

Racosperma canum (Maiden) Pedley, comb, nov.

Acacia cana Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 53: v(errata) (1920).

Racosperma caroleae (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia caroleae Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 132 (1978).

Racosperma catenulatum (C.White) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia catenulata C.White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 55: 63 (1944).

Racosperma centrinervium (Maiden & Blakely) Pedley, comb. nov.

Aen Aa Maiden & Blakely, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 60:

7).

The holotype was collected at Parkes, New South Wales. Two paratypes were

cited: Inglewood, Queensland, C.J.Smith per C.White, October 1922 and Eummundi

(SiC), Bailey (which we have not seen’). The species which is closely related to R.

ineatum is not represented in the collections of the Queensland Herbarium (BRI).

Racosperma chinchillense (Tindale) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia chinchillensis Tindale, Telopea 1: 380 (1978).

Racosperma chippendalei (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia chippendalei Pedley, Contr. Queensland Herb. 11: 12 (1972).

Racosperma chisholmii (Bailey) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia chisholmii Bailey, Queensland Agric. J. 4: 47 (1899).

347

Racosperma cincinnatum (F.Muell.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia cincinnata F.Muell., Fragm. 11: 35 (1878).

Racosperma complanatum (Cunn. ex Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia complanata Cunn. ex Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 369 (1842).

Racosperma concurrens (Pedley) Pedley, J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 92: 248 (1986).

Racosperma confertum (Cunn. ex Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia conferta Cunn. ex Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 345 (1842).

Racosperma conjunctifolium (F.Muell.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia conjunctifolia F.Muell., Fragm. 11: 68 (1879).

Racosperma coriaceum (DC.) Pedley, J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 92: 248 (1986).

Racosperma cowleanum (Tate) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia cowleana Tate, Report Horn Sci. Exped. III: 157,187 (1896).

Racosperma crassum (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia crassa Pedley, Contr. Queensland Herb. 15: 9 (1974).

R. crassum subsp. crassum

R. crassum subsp. longicomum (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

A, crassa subsp. longicoma Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 178 (1978).

Racosperma crassicarpum (Cunn. ex Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia crassicarpa Cunn. ex Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 379 (1842).

Racospermum cretatum (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia cretata Pedley, Contr. Queensland Herb. 4: i (1969).

Racosperma crombiei (C.White) Pedley, J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 92: 247 (1986).

Racosperma cultriforme (Cunn. ex G.Don) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia cultriformis Cunn. ex G.Don, Gen. Hist. 2: 406 (1832).

Racosperma curranil (Maiden) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia curranit Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 49: 492 (1916).

Racosperma cyperophyllum (F.Muell. ex Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia cyperophylla F.Muell. ex Benth., Fl. Austral. 2: 400 (1864).

Racosperma dawsonil (R.Baker) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia dawsonti R.Baker, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 22: 153 (1897).

Racosperma deanei (R.Baker) Pedley, J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 92: 248 (1986).

Racosperma debile (Tindale) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia debilis Tindale, Telopea 1: 382 (1978).

Racosperma decorum (H.G.Reichb.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia decora H.G.Reichb., Iconogr. Bot. Exot. 2: 35 (1838).

Racosperma deuteroneurum (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia deuteroneura Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 293 (1980).

Racosperma dictyophlebum (F.Mueil.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia dictyophleba F.Muell., Fragm. 3: 128 (1863).

Racosperma dietrichianum (F.Muell.) Pediey, comb. nov.

Acacia dietrichiana F.Muell., S. Sci. Rec. 2: 149 (1882),

348

Racosperma difficile (Maiden) Pediey, comb. nov.

Acacia difficilis Maiden in Ewart & Davies, Fl. N. Territory: 344 (1917).

Racosperma dimidiatum (Benth.) Pediey, comb. noy.

Acacia dimidiata Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 381 (1842).

Racosperma drepanocarpum (F.Muell.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia drepanocarpa F.Muell., J. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3: 137 (1859).

R. drepanocarpum subsp. drepanocarpum

R. drepanocarpum subsp. latifolium (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia drepanocarpa subsp. latifolia Pedley, Contr. Queensland Herb. 15: 10 (1974).

Racosperma ensifolium (Pedley) Pedley, J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 92: 248 (1986).

Racosperma eremophiloides (Pedley & P.F orster) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia eremophiloides Pedley & P.Forster, Austrobaileya 2: 277 (1986).

Racosperma estrophiolatum (F.Muell.) Pedley, comb. noy.

Acacia estrophiolata F.Muell., S. Sci. Rec. 2: 150 (1882).

Racosperma everistii (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia everistii Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 279 (1980).

Racosperma excelsum (Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia excelsa Benth. in Mitchell, J. Exped. Trop. Australia: 225 (1848).

R. excelsum subsp. excelsum

R. excelsum subsp. angustum (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

A. excelsa subsp. angusta Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 213 (1978).

Racosperma falcatum (Wilid.) Martius, Hort. Reg. Monac. Semin. (1835).

I inadvertently made this combination a second time (Pedley 1986).

Racosperma falciforme (DC.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia falciformis DC., Prodr. 2: 452 (1825).

Racosperma fasciculiferum (F.Muell. ex Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia fasciculifera F.Muell. ex Benth., Fl. Austral. 2: 361 (1864).

Racosperma filicifolium (Cheel & Welch) Pedley, comb. nov.

ae ane Cheel & Welch, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 65: 232

Racosperma fimbriatum (Cunn. ex G.Don) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia fimbriata Cunn. ex G.Don, Gen. Hist. 2: 406 (1832).

Racosperma flavescens (Cunn. ex Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia flavescens Cunn. ex Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 381 (1842).

Racosperma fleckeri (Pedley) Pediey, comb. nov.

Acacia fleckeri Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 211 (1978).

Racosperma flexifolium (Cunn. ex Benth.) Pediey, comb. nov.

Acacia flexifolia Cunn, ex Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 359 (1842).

Racosperma floribundum (Vent.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Mimosa floribunda Vent., Choix des Plantes t.13 (1803).

Racosperma floydii (Tindale) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia floydii Tindale, Telopea 1: 439 (1980).

349

Racosperma galioides (Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia galioides Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 344 (1842).

_ Contrary to my previous treatment of this taxon (Pedley 1972) I have not recognised

any infraspecific taxa.

Racosperma georginae (Bailey) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia georginae Bailey, Queensland Depart. Agric. Stock., Bot. Bull. 13: 9 (1896).

Racosperma gittinsii (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia gittinsii Pedley, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 75: 30 (1964),

Racosperma glaucocarpum (Maiden & Blakely) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia glaucocarpa Maiden & Blakely, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 38: 120 (1927).

Racosperma gnidium (Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia gnidium Benth., Fl. Austral. 2: 359 (1864).

Racosperma gonocladum (F.Muell.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia gonoclada F.Muell., J. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3: 140 (1859).

Racosperma grandifolium (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia grandifolia Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 183 (1978),

Racosperma graniticum (Maiden) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia granitica Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 54: 230 (1921).

Racosperma gunnii (Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia gunnii Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 332 (1842).

Racosperma guymeri (Tindale) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia guymeri Tindale, Telopea 1: 377 (1978).

Racosperma hakeoides (Cunn. ex Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia hakeoides Cunn. ex Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 354 (1842).

Racosperma hammondii (Maiden) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia hammondii Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 51: 95 (1917).

Racosperma handonis (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia handonis Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 344 (1981).

Racosperma harpophyllum (F.Muell. ex Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia harpophylla F.Muell. ex Benth., Fl. Austral. 2: 389 (1864).

Racosperma hemignostum (F.Muell.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia hemignosta F.Muell., J. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3: 134 (1859).

Racosperma hemsleyi (Maiden) Pediey, comb. nov.

Acacia hemsleyi Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 51: 87 (1917).

Racosperma hillianum (Maiden) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia hilliana Maiden in Ewart & Davies, Fl. N. Territory: 340 (1917).

Racosperma hispidulum (Smith) Martius, Hort. Reg. Monac. Semin. (1835).

Racosperma hockingsii (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia hockingsii Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 255 (1980).

Racosperma holosericeum (Cunn. ex G.Don) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia holosericea Cunn. ex G.Don, Gen. Hist. 2: 407 (1832).

350

Racosperma holotrichum (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia holotricha Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 275 (1980).

Racosperma homalocladum (F.Muell.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia homaloclada F.Muell., Fragm. 11: 34 (1878).

Racosperma hubbardianum (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia hubbardiana Pediey, Contr. Queensland Herb. 4: 2 (1969).

Racosperma humifusum (Cunn. ex Benth.) Pedley, comb. noy. .

Acacia humifusa Cunn. ex Benth., London J.Bot. 1: 382 (1842). ©

Racosperma hyaloneurum (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia hyaloneura Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 157 (1978).

Racosperma hylonomum (Pedley) Pedley, J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 92: 248 (1986).

Racosperma implexum (Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia implexa Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 368 (1842).

Racosperma trroratum (Sieber ex Sprengel) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia irrorata Sieber ex Sprengel, Syst. Veg. ed. 16. 3: 141 (1826).

Racosperma islanum (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia islana Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 249 (1980).

Racosperma ixiophyllum (Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia ixiophylla Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 364 (1842),

Racosperma ixodes (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia ixodes Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 256 (1980).

Racosperma jackesianum (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia jackesiana Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 128 (1978).

Racosperma johnsonii (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia johnsonii Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 245 (1980).

Racosperma jucundum (Maiden & Blakely) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia jucunda Maiden & Blakely, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 38: 119 (1927).

Racosperma juliferum (Benth.) Pedley, J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 92: 248 (1986).

R. juliferum subsp. juliferum

R. juliferum subsp. gilbertense (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia julifera subsp. gilbertensis Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 162 (1978).

Racosperma juncifolium (Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia juncifolia Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 341 (1842).

Racosperma kempeanum (F.Muell.) Pedley, comb. nov.

ae F,.Muell., Chem. & Druggist 5(51) Australasian Supplement: 26

Racosperma laccatum (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia laccata Pedley, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 75: 31 (1964).

Racosperma lanigerum (Cunn.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia lanigera Cunn. in Field, Geogr. Mem. New South Wales: 345 (1825).

Racosperma latifolium (Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia latifolia Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 382 (1842).

351

Racosperma latisepalum (Pediey) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia latisepala Pedley, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 75: 31 (1964).

Racosperma lautum (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia lauta Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 257 (1980).

Racosperma lazaridis (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia lazaridis Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 341 (1981).

Racosperma legnotum (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia legnota Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 215 (1978).

Racosperma leichhardtii (Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia leichhardtii Benth., Fl. Austral. 2: 372 (1864).

Racosperma leiocalyx (Domin) Pedley, comb. et stat. nov.

Acacia glaucescens Willd. var. leiocalyx Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 269 (1926).

Variation within the species is great; further work is needed and no infraspecific

taxa are recognised at this time.

Racosperma leptocarpum (Cunn. ex Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia leptocarpa Cunn. ex Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 376 (1842).

Racosperma leptolobum (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia leptoloba Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 220 (1978).

Racosperma leptostachyum (Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia leptostachya Benth., Fl. Austral. 2: 406 (1864).

Racosperma leucocladum (Tindale) Pedley, comb.nov.

Acacia leucoclada Tindale, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales: 91: 149 (1966).

R. leucocladum subsp. leucocladum

New South Wales, not in Queensland. :

R. leucocladum subsp. argentifolium (Tindale) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia leucoclada subsp. argentifolia Tindale, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales

91: 151 (1966),

Racosperma ligulatum (Cunn. ex Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia ligulata Cunn. ex Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 362 (1842).

I have followed Whibley (1980), Maslin (1981) and Maslin & Pedley (1982) in

recognising this taxon as a distinct species rather than as a subspecies of Acacia bivenosa

DC. (Pedley 1977).

Racosperma limbatum (F.Muell.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia limbata F.Muell., J. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3: 145 (1859).

Racosperma lineatum (Cunn. ex G.Don) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia lineata Cunn. ex G.Don, Gen. Hist. 2: 403 (1832).

Racosperma longipedunculatum (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia longipedunculata Pedley, Contr. Queensland Herb. 11: 17 (1972),

Racosperma longispicatum (Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia longispicata Benth. in Mitchell, J. Exped. Trop. Australia: 298 (1848).

R. longispicatum subsp. longispicatum

R. longispicatum subsp. velutinum (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia longispicata subsp. velutina Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 176 (1978).

352

Racosperma longissimum (H.Wendl.) Pedley, comb. nov,

Acacia longissima H.Wendl., Comm. Acac. 5: 45 (1820).

Racosperma lorolobum (Tindale) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia loroloba Tindale, Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 4: 137 (1970).

Racosperma lysiphloitum (F.Muell.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia lysiphloia F.Muell., J. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3: 137 (1859).

Racosperma macradenium (Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia macradenia Benth. in Mitchell. J. Exped. Tropical Australia: 360 (1848).

Racosperma maidenii (F.Muell.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia maidenii F.Muell., Bot. Centralbl. 51: 398 (1892).

Racosperma maitlandii (F.Muell.) Pedley, J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 92: 248 (1986).

Racosperma mangium (Willd.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia mangium Willd., Sp. Plant. ed. 4. 4: 1053 (1806).

Racosperma maranoense (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia maranoensis Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 194 (1978).

Racosperma megalanthum (F.Muell.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia megalantha F.Muell., J. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3: 143 (1859).

Racosperma meiospermum Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 321 (1987).

Racosperma melanoxylon (R.Br.) Martius, Hort. Reg. Monac. Semin. (1835).

This combination was inadvertently made by me a second time (Pedley 1986).

Racosperma melleodorum (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia melleodora Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 205 (1978).

Racosperma melvillei (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia melyillei Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 201 (1978).

Racosperma microcephalum (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia microcephala Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 193 (1978).

Racosperma microspermum (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia microsperma Pedley, Contr. Queensland Herb. 15: 21 (1974).

Racosperma mimulum (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia mimula Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 29 (1977).

Racosperma montanum (Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia montana Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 360 (1842).

Racosperma monticola (J.Black) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia monticola J-Black, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. South Australia 61: 246 (1937),

Racosperma muellerianum (Maiden & R.Baker) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia muelleriana Maiden & R.Baker, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales ser. 2,

8: 515 (1894).

Racosperma multisiliquum (Benth.) Pedley, comb. et. stat. nov.

Acacia simsii Benth. var. multisiliqua Benth., Fl. Austral. 2: 383 (1864).

Racosperma murrayanum (F.Muell. ex Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia murrayana F.Muell. ex Benth., Fl. Austral. 2: 370 (1864).

Racosperma myrtifolium. (Smith) Martius, Hort. Reg. Monac. Semin. (1835).

353

Racosperma neriifolium (Cunn. ex Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia neriifolia Cunn. ex Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 357 (1842).

R. neriifolium subsp. neriifolium

R. neriifolium subsp. pustulum (Maiden & Blakely) Pedley, comb. et stat. nov.

Acacia pustula Maiden & Blakely, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 38: 117 (1927).

Racosperma nesophilum (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia nesophila Pedley, Contr. Queensland Herb. 15: 12 (1974).

Racosperma nuperrimum (E.G.Baker) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia nuperrima E.G.Baker, J. Bot. 6: 92 (1926).

R. nuperrimum subsp. nupperimum

R. nuperrimum subsp. cassiterum (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia nuperrima subsp. cassitera Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 188 (1978).

Racosperma obtusifolium (Cunn.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia obtusifolia Cunn. in Field, Geogr. Mem. New South Wales: 345 (1825).

Racosperma oligophlebum (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia oligophleba Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 174 (1978).

Racosperma omalophyllum (Cunn. ex Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia omalophylla Cunn. ex Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 365 (1842).

Racosperma ommatospermum Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 327 (1987).

Racosperma orarium (F.Muell.) Pedley, J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 92: 249 (1986).

Racosperma orites (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia orites Pedley, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 75: 32 (1964).

Racosperma orthocarpum (F.Muell.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia orthocarpa F.Muell., J. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3: 136 (1859).

Racosperma oshanesii (F.Muell. & Maiden) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia oshanesti F.Muell. & Maiden, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales ser. 2, 8:

15 (1893).

Racosperma oswaldii (F.Muell.) Pedley, comb. noy.

Acacia oswaldii F.Muell., Pl. Indig. Colony Victoria 2: 27 (1863).

Racosperma paniculatum Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 324 (1987).

Racosperma paradoxum (DC.) Martius, Hort. Reg. Monac. Semin. (1835).

Racosperma pendulum (Cunn. ex G.Don) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia pendula Cunn. ex G.Don, Gen. Hist. 2: 404 (1832).

Racosperma penninerve (Sicber ex DC.) Pedley, J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 92: 239 (1986).

R. penninerve var. penninerve

R. penninerve var. longiracemosum (Domin) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia penninervis var. longiracemosa Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 254 (1926).

Racosperma perangustum (C.White) Pedley, comb. & stat. nov.

Acacia fimbriata var. perangusta C.White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 50: 72 (1939).

Racosperma petraeum (Pedley) Pediey, J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 92: 249 (1986).

Racosperma peuce (F.Muell.) Pediey, J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 92: 249 (1986).

Racosperma phlebocarpum (F.Muell.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia phlebocarpa F.Muell., J. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3: 119 (1859).

354

Racosperma platycarpum (F.Muell.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia platycarpa F.Muell., J. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3: 145 (1859).

Racosperma plectocarpum (Cunn. ex Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia plectocarpa Cunn. ex Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 375 (1842).

R. plectocarpum subsp. plectocarpum

Northern Territory and Western Australia, not in Queensland.

R. plectocarpum subsp. tanumbirinense (Maiden) Pedley, comb. et stat. nov.

Acacia tanumbirinensis Maiden in Ewart & Davis, Fl. N. Territory: 338 (1917).

Racosperma podalyriifolium (Cunn. ex G.Don) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia podalyriifolia Cunn. ex G.Don, Gen. Hist. 2: 405 (1832).

Racosperma polifolium (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia polifolia Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 294 (1980).

Racosperma polyadenium Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 322 (1987).

Racosperma polybotryum (Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia polybotrya Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 384 (1842).

Racosperma polystachyum (Cunn. ex Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia polystachya Cunn. ex Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 376 (1842).

Racosperma pravifolium (F.Mueil.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia pravifolia F.Muell., Fragm. 1: 4 (1858).

Racosperma pruinosum (Cunn. ex Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov. |

Acacia pruinosa Cunn. ex Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 383 (1842).

Racosperma pubicostum (C.White) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia pubicosta C.White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 50: 73 (1939).

Racosperma pubifolium (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia pubifolia Pedley, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 74: 59 (1964).

Racosperma pubirhachis (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia pubirhachis Pedley, Contr. Queensland Herb. 15: 15 (1974).

Racosperma purpureipetalum (Bailey) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia purpureapetala Bailey, Queensland Agric. J. 15: 780 (1905).

Racosperma quadrilaterale (DC.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia quadrilateralis DC., Prodr. 2: 451 (1825).

Racosperma ramiflorum (Domin) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia ramiflora Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 260 (1926).

Racosperma ramulosum (W.V.Fitzg.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia ramulosa W.V.Fitzg., J. Western Australian Nat. Hist. Soc. 2: 15 (1905).

Racospermum resinicostatum (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia resinicostata Pedley, Contr. Queensland Herb. 15: 1 (1974).

Racosperma retiveneum (F.Muell.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia retivenea F.Muell., Fragm. 3: 128 (1863).

Racosperma rhodoxylon (Maiden) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia rhodoxylon Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 53: 223 (1920).

355

Racosperma rigens (Cunn. ex G.Don) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia rigens Cunn, ex G.Don, Gen. Hist. 2: 403 (1832).

Racosperma rothii (Bailey) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia rothii Bailey, Queensland Agric. J. 6: 39 (1900).

Racosperma rubidum (Cunn.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia rubida Cunn. in Field, Geogr. Mem. New South Wales: 344 (1825).

Racosperma ruppli (Maiden & Betche) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia ruppii Maiden & Betche, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 37: 244 (1912).

Racosperma salicinum (Lindley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia salicina Lindley in Mitchell, Three Exped. Australia 2: 20 (1838).

Racospermum salignum (Labill.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Mimosa saligna Labill., Nov. Holl. Pl. 2: 86 (1806).

Racosperma saxicola (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia saxicola Pedley, Contr. Queensland Herb. 4: 4 (1969).

Racosperma semilunatum (Maiden & Blakely) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia semilunata Maiden & Blakely, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 38: 11 (1927).

Racosperma semirigidum (Maiden & Blakely) Pedley, comb. nov.

. Acacia semirigida Maiden & Blakely, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 38: 116 (1927).

Racosperma shirleyi (Maiden) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia shirleyi Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 53: 218 (1920).

Racosperma simsii (Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia simsii Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 368 (1842).

Racosperma sophorae (Labill.) Martius, Hort. Reg. Monac. Semin. (1835).

Racosperma spanium (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia spania Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 140 (1978).

Racosperma sparsiflorum (Maiden) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia sparsiflora Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 53: 221 (1920).

Racosperma spectabile (Cunn. ex Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia spectabilis Cunn. ex Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 383 (1842).

Racosperma spirorbe (Labill.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia spirorbis Labill., Sert. Austro-caled. 69, t.69 (1825).

R. spirorbe subsp. spirorbe }

Acacia solandri subsp. kajewskii Pedley, Contr. Queensland Herb. 18: 21 (1975),

syn. nov.

New Caledonia, Loyalty Is and Vanuatu, not in Australia. |

R, spirorbe subsp. solandri (Benth.) Pedley, comb. et stat. nov.

Acacia solandri Benth., Fl. Austral. 2: 406 (1864).

I agree with Nielsen (1983) that A. solandri should be treated as a subspecies of

A. spirorbis, and have therefore reduced it in rank.

Racosperma spondylophyllum (F.Muell.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia spondylophylla F.Muell., Fragm. 8: 243 (1874).

Racosperma stenophyllum (Cunn. ex Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia stenophylla Cunn. ex Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 366 (1842).

356

Racosperma stipuligerum (F.Muell.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia stipuligera F.Muell., J. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3: 144 (1859).

R. stipuligerum subsp. stipuligerum

Northern Territory, not in Queensiand.

R. stipuligerum subsp. glabrifolium (Maiden & Blakely) Pediey, stat. nov.

Acacia stipuligera var. glabrifolia Maiden & Blakely, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland

38: 120 (1927).

Racosperma storyi (Tindale) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia storyi Tindale, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 91: 147 (1966).

Racosperma stowardii (Maiden) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia stowardii Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales $1: 269 (1917).

Racosperma striatifolium (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia striatifolia Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 141 (1978).

Racosperma strictum (Andr.) Martius, Hort. Reg. Monac. Semin. (1835).

Racosperma strongylophyllum (F.Mueil.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia strongylophyllum F.Muell., Fragm. 8: 226 (1874).

Racosperma suaveolens (Smith) Martius, Hort. Reg. Monac. Semin. (1835).

Racospermum tenuinerve (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia tenuinervis Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 142 (1978).

Racosperma tenuissimum (F.Muell.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia tenuissima F.Muell., J. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3: 135 (1859).

_ Racosperma tephrinum (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia tephrina Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 342 (1981).

Racosperma tetragonophyllum (F.Muell.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia tetragonophylla F.Muell., Fragm. 4: 3 (1863).

Racosperma tindaleae (Pedley) Pediey, comb. nov.

Acacia tindaleae Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 248 (1980).

Racosperma torulosum (Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia torulosa Benth., J. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3: 139 (1859).

Racosperma translucens (Cunn. ex Hook.) Pediey, comb. nov.

Acacia translucens Cunn. ex Hook., Icon. Pl. 2: t.160 (1837).

Racosperma tripterum (Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia triptera Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 325 (1842).

Racosperma tropicum (Maiden & Blakely) Pedley, comb. & stat. nov.

Acacia cunninghamii Hook. var. tropica Maiden & Blakely, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc.

Western Australia 13: 31 (1928),

Racosperma ulicifolium (Salisb.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Mimosa ulicifolia Salisb., Prod. Stirp. Chap. Allerton 324 (1796).

Racosperma umbellatum (Cunn. ex Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia umbellata Cunn. ex Benth., London. J. Bot. 1: 378 (1842).

Racosperma unciferum (Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia uncifera Benth. in Mitchell, J. Exped. Trop. Australia: 341 (1848).

357

Racospermum uncinatum (Lindley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia uncinata Lindley, Bot. Reg. 16: t.1332 (1830).

Racosperma venulosum (Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia venulosa Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 366 (1842).

Racosperma vernicifluum (Cunn.) Pedley, comb. nov. -

Acacia verniciflua Cunn. in Field, Geogr. Mem. New South Wales: 344 (1825).

Racosperma victoriae (Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia victoriae Benth. in Mitchell, J. Exped. Trop. Australia: 333 (1848).

Racosperma viscidulum (Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia viscidula Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 363 (1842).

Racosperma wardellii (Tindale) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia wardellii Tindale, Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 4: 139 (1970).

Racosperma whitei (Maiden) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia whitet Maiden, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 30: 35 (1918).

Racosperma wickhamii (Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia wickhamii Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 377 (1842).

Acknowledgement

I am grateful to Mr A.D.Chapman, Bureau of Flora and Fauna, Canberra who

made available to me part of his Australian Plant Name Index. Without it the compilation .

of a list such as this would have been much more difficult than it proved to be.

References

MASLIN, B.R. (1981). Acacia. In J.P.Jessop (ed.), Flora of Central Australia. Sydney: Reed.

MASLIN, B.R. & PEDLEY, L. (1982). The distribution of Acacia (Leguminosae: PON in Australia. Part

l. Species distribution maps. Western Australian Herbarium Research Notes. No.6. 1-12

NIELSEN, I. (1983). Leguminosae: Mimosoideae. In J.F. Leroy & H.S. Mackee (eds.), Fiore de la Nouvelle-

Caledonie et dependances. 12. Paris: Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle.

PEDLEY, L. (1972). A revision of Acacia lycopodiifolia A.Cunn. ex Hook. and its allies. Contributions from the

Queensland Herbarium No. i1.

PEDLEY, L. (1977). Notes on Leguminosae. |. Austrobaileya 1: 25-42.

PEDLEY, L. (1978). A revision of Acacia Mill. in Queensland. Austrobaileya 1: 75-234.

PEDLEY, L. (1980). A revision of Acacia Mill. in Queensland (concluded). Austrobaileya 1: 235-337 ‘1979’,

PEDLEY, L. (1981). Further notes on Acacia in Queensland. Austrobaileya: \: 339-345.

PEDLEY, L. (1986). Derivation and dispersal of Acacia (Leguminosae) with particular reference to Australia, and

the recognition of Senegalia and Racosperma. Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society 92: 219-254.

PEDLEY, L. (1987). Notes on Racosperma (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae), 1. Austrobaileya 2: 321-327.

PEDLEY, L. & FORSTER, P.L (1986). Acacia eremophiloides (Mimosaceae) a new species from south-eastern

Queensland. Austrobaileya 2: 277-280.

WHIBLEY, D.J.E. (1980). Acacias of South Australia. Adelaide: Government Printer.

358

Austrobaileya 2(4); 358-359 (1987)

RACOSPERMA MARTIUS (LEGUMINOSAE: MIMOSOIDEAE)

IN NEW ZEALAND: A CHECKLIST

L. Pedley

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068

Summary

Thirteen species of Racosperma Martius are naturalised in New Zealand and one is widely cultivated. These

species, which were all formerly referred to Acacia Miller, are listed. New combinations are made for five of them,

and for one variety. e

The recognition of Racosperma Martius as a genus distinct from Acacia Miller

(Pedley 1986) necessitates the transfer of many taxa to Racosperma. A few new com-

binations were made by Martius in his validation of the name Racosperma (Martius

1835), and combinations for Queensland taxa are made in this volume (Pediey 1987),

but a considerable number are still required.

Thirteen species of Racosperma are naturalised in New Zealand and one is widely

~ cultivated (Webb 1980 & in litt. 1986). These are listed below.

Naturalised Species

Racosperma baileyanum (F.Muell.) Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 345 (1987).

Racosperma dealbatum (Link) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia dealbata Link, Enum. Hort. Berol. Alt. 2: 445 (1822),

Racosperma decurrens (Willd.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia decurrens Willd., Sp. Plant. ed.4. 4: 1072 (1806).

Racosperma elatum (Cunn. ex Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia elata Cunn. ex Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 383 (1842).

Racosperma floribundum (Vent.) Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 348 (1987).

Racosperma longifolium (Andr.) Martius, Hort. Reg. Monac. Semin. (1835).

Racosperma mearnsii (De Wild.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia mearnsii De Wild., Pl. Bequaert. 3: 61 (1925).

Racosperma melanoxylon (R.Br.) Martius, Hort. Reg. Monac. Semin. (1835).

Racosperma paradoxum (DC.) Martius, Hort. Reg. Monac. Semin. (1835).

Racosperma parramattense (Tindale) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia parramattensis Tindale, Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 3: 127 (1962).

Racosperma podalyriifolium (Cunn. ex G.Don) Pedley, Austrobatleya 2: 354 (1987).

Racosperma sophorae (Labill.) Martius, Hort. Reg. Monac. Semin. (1835).

Racosperma verticillatum (L’Herit.) Martius, Hort. Reg. Monac. Semin. (1835).

R. verticillatum var. verticillatum

R. verticillatum var. latifolium Pedley, nom. nov.

Acacia verticillata var. latifolia Benth., Linnaea 26: 611 (1855) nom. illeg. non A.

verticillata var. latifolia DC., Prodr. 2: 454 (1825) quae est Racosperma ulicifolium

(Salisb.) Pedley.

359

Cultivated Species

Racosperma pravissimum (F.Muell. ex Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia pravissima F.Muell. ex Benth., Linnaea 26: 608 (1855).

Acacia pravissima F.Muell., First Gen. Report 12 (1853), nomen nudum.

Acknowledgements

I am grateful to Dr Colin J. Webb, DSIR, Christchurch, New Zealand for making

available his list of taxa naturalised in New Zealand: and to Mr Arthur D. Chapman,

Bureau of Flora & Fauna, Canberra whose Australian Plant Names Index has been of

great help in finding places of publication.

References

MARTIUS, C.F.P. VON (1835). Racosperma. Hortus Regius Monacensis Seminifer.

PEDLEY, L. (1986). Derivation and dispersal of Acacia (Leguminosae), with particular reference to Australia,

and the recognition of Senegalia and Racosperma. Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society 92: 219-254.

PEDLEY, L. (1987). Racosperma (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Queensland: a checklist. Austrobaileya 2:

344-357.

WEBB, C.J. (1980). Checklist of the dicotyledons naturalised in New Zealand 5. Leguminosae. New Zealand

Journal of Botany 18: 463-472.

360

Austrobaileya 2(4): 360-364 (1987)

REDISCOVERY AND STATUS OF ADIANTUM WHITEI BAILEY

(ADIANTACEAE)

P.D. Bostock

Botany Department, University of Queensland, St Lucia, Qld 4067

Summary

Adiantum whitei Bailey (Adiantaceae), formerly recorded from a few localities in south-eastern Queensland, is

now known to haye a wider range in north-eastern Australia. The receptacle of this taxon bears thick-walled

trichomes, a condition not previously reported for the genus. 4. whiter is reduced to varietal status under 4.

hispidulum Sw.

The original collections of Adiantum whitei were from Kenmore, a western suburb of

Brisbane. Other contemporary collections came from the nearby suburbs of Indooroopilly

and Enoggera, Lawnton (One Mile Creek) ca 16 km north of Brisbane and Maryborough

ca 215 km north of Brisbane. The last collection (other than cultivated specimens)

appears to have been from Kenmore in December 1931 (AQ142926, BRI).

Recent collections of Adiantum taxa include a robust tripinnate fern collected 9

km SW of the type locality (State Forest 494 Moggill, Bostock 190, BRI) which matches

one of the syntypes of A. whitei (Kenmore, May 1915, White AQ24496 (BRI). A collection

from ca 6 km NE of the type locality was subsequently propagated from its spores

(R.Hill, pers.comm.). The descendants have been distributed under the horticultural

names Adiantum aff. whitei and Adiantum sp. ‘S.E. Qld’. More recently A. whiter has

been found to be common along creeks in the southern and western parts of Brisbane

and specimens now in cultivation in Brisbane are reputed to have come from as far

afield as Mt Spec ca 1500 km north of Brisbane (C.Ritchie, pers. comm.).

A revised description of A. whitei is given here, based on specimens examined

by the author.

Rhizome short-creeping, semi-erect, stoloniferous; scales concolorous, with entire margins

and acuminate apex. Fronds approximate, occasionally remote, to 60 cm long. Lamina

to 30 cm long, 20 cm broad, triangular, 2- to 3-pinnate, herbaceous to coriaceous.

Rachides invested with antrorse red-brown hairs. Pinnae numerous, narrow-triangular,

simply pinnate in their apical half. Ultimate segments symmetric and cuneate-flabellate

becoming dimidiate and rectangular to trapeziform towards apices of pinnae and lamina;

distal margins shallowly lobed, dentate when sterile; segment surfaces invested with

numerous short pale trichomes (to ca 0.4 mm long) and a few similar but longer ones,

denser abaxially. Indusia crowded, | to 4 per lobe, oblong to subrectangular, joining the

segment margin proper at a narrow sinus, bearing on their outer surface numerous dark

brown uniseriate thick-walled trichomes, which are also scattered among the sporangia.

Spores with minutely granulate perine adhering rather loosely to the exine. Fig. 1.

Recent authors (Jones & Clemesha 1981, Elliot &-Jones 1982, Goudey 1985) have

speculated that A. whitei is a hybrid. Jones and Clemesha (1981) and Goudey (1985)

proposed A. hispidulum Sw. and A. formosum R.Br. as putative parents. Little evidence

is offered in support of this statement, although Goudey (1985) lists a number of

morphological characters of A. white? which are common to one or other of these species.

In his original description and accompanying illustration, Bailey describes the

rhizome of A. whitei as ‘creeping’. Investigation of the new collections has shown that

the ‘creeping’ rhizome is a stoloniferous branch that on occasion bears fronds spaced a

few centimetres apart. The apices of mature stolons bear a tuft of fronds indicating

reversion to a short-creeping rhizome. In this respect, the rhizome ramification of A.

whitel is similar to that of both A. hispidulum and A. aethiopicum L., another taxon

FBetTocs. it8

Pipe Fon tee on . PP eh Sn Os

zee

nM,

Fig. 1. Adiantum whitei. A. silhouette of frond (Bostock 218) X 0.4. B. ultimate segments (middle of frond)

(Bostock 190) X 3.5. C. indusium (Bostock 190) x 40.,D. rhizome palea (Bostock 246) x 35. E & F. scanning

electron micrographs of abaxial indusial surface. E. Blake, Dec 1931, AQ142926. F. Bostock 190. (scale for E and

F indicated on plates.)

nohafedtgt sangeet.

Ot ala tae My Me

set tt ttt

362

widespread in eastern Australia, but differs markedly from the robust much-branched

system of A. formosum. The symmetric and cuneate-flabellate ultimate segments of A.

whitel are reminiscent of those of A. formosum and A. aethiopicum. However, A.

hispidulum also bears segments of a similar form, as in the small accessory pinnae

between the major bifurcations of the rachides in pedate forms, or in many (sometimes

the majority) of the ultimate segments in pinnate forms. A. hispidulum sens. lat., which

is found from eastern Africa, through India and Malesia to Australia and the western

Pacific (Parris 1980), 1s a variable taxon. The form which occurs in drier areas in north-

eastern Australia has pedate, sub-pedate or pinnate-bipinnate fronds, with texture and

indumentum of the lamina as described above for A. whitei. It is this form which occurs

in areas where A. whitei has been collected, and which is referred to in the remainder

of this discussion. The range of frond forms which occur in A. whitei and A. hispidulum

are shown as silhouettes in Fig. 2.

Indusia of A. whitei (Fig. 1C) are morphologically identical to those of A. hispidulum

in shape, location on the segment and nature of the trichomes investing the outer surface.

Additionally, most specimens of A. whitei have been found to possess hook-shaped

trichomes among the sporangia (Fig. 1E-F). Indusia of A. hispidulum occasionally bear

trichomes just under their margins but trichomes have not been found to arise from

receptacular tissue. The genus Adiantum is usually recorded as non-paraphysate (e. g.

Tryon & Tryon 1982), although Nayar (1961) recorded club-shaped paraphyses for

material identified as A. tenerum Sw. The observation of receptacular trichomes reported

here 1s Heh first for the genus, and may be regarded as diagnostic of the taxon regarded

as A. whitel,

A, whitei and A. hispidulum cannot be separated by using any of the following

characters: rhizome scales (4. whitei, Fig. 1D); lamina texture; rachis indumentum or

texture; spore ornamentation; rate of spore germination (tested at room temperature

(12-—24°C) with indirect natural lighting). They have similar ecological requirements, and

are generally found in close proximity, although A. whitei, which grows mainly in the

vicinity of watercourses appears to be less tolerant of dry conditions than A. hispidulum,

which 1s often found in relatively sheltered places considerably distant from streams.

On the basis of the above evidence, A. whitei Bailey is here reduced to the status

of a variety of A. hispidulum Sw.

Adiantum hispidulum Sw. var. whitei (Bailey) P.Bostock stat. nov.

Adiantum whitei Bailey, Queensland Agric. J., n.s. 4: 39 & t. 5 (1915). Lectotype

(designated here): Kenmore, Qld, May 1915, White AQ24496 (lecto: BRI; isolecto:

NSW).

specimens Examined. Queensland. MORETON DISTRict: Kenmore, May 1914, White AQI42924; Kenmore, Jul

1914, Young & White AQI42928; Enoggera, May 1916, White AQ142927, Brisbane R., Indooroopilly, Feb 1916,

Young & White AQ142929; One Mile Ck, Lawnton, Blake AQ142925; Kenmore, Dec 1931, Blake AQI42926;

Maryborough district, Young AQ142923; University Bushhouse [Brisbane], Dec 1937, Goy AQ142930; S.F.494

Moggill, Brisbane, Bostock 159, 184, 189, 190, 218, 246, 252; garden plant, The Gap, Apr 1986, Bostock 225;

cultivated plant ex Mt Spec, NNW Townsville, Apr 1986, Ritchie s.n.; cultivated plant ex base of Mt Petrie,

Brisbane, Apr 1986, Peach s.n. (all BRI).

Agamospory in the A. Aispidulum complex

The source of taxonomic confusion in many fern species may be shown to result

from agamospory. Thus the spores contain the unreduced parental chromosome com-

plement and sporophytes arise directly from gametophytic tissue. Archegonia are absent

from the gametophytes although functional antheridia are usually present (Walker 1983).

This is the situation with Adiantum caudatum L. sens. strict., which is a member of a

compiex consisting of at least seven taxa (Lovis 1977).

Agamospory has also been reported as the normal state in A. hispidulum (Manton

& Sledge 1954, Abraham et al. 1962, Ghatak 1977, Bidin 1983). The sole exception 1s

Brownlie (1957, 1965) who reported only meiotic chromosome counts. At least 4 cytotypes

have been identified in A. hispidulum (Walker 1983), but detailed studies linking

morphology and cytology in the taxon are not available.

REM, MANTA RAR cee aRe RE AREER hie PEN SEAVER REEMEE RG NE MEME E aA MBI BACAR RIM A RBA RE i Aennietae ane nt nnd tt stat hh sy BOM SDE ap td AN a tu LR LA AL

bished annie iaeeretiene hs

"aw 8 WW Ws Ww PW EWM Wh Ht Mah ot ®t By gt Ww sh I HBB tt Me Ms Mi 8 8

FORRES Nati ER ei tat east NIN tat Mey tat ety at Et oH I yt yea w nna nah a son Mat N Pia Mo a ato aA aM BONHAM NPE 08) Hy gh ym HHH IANO HHO HHO ny nd ne HAY HH WHEE HORN HS HHH HHP DERE HEE ROPEEEEERS yoy yg dw wd REN eww

TE at

Wiest aaa

363

aa "as

eer PAL AI

eee y

“enka,

“aly

; » om

7 ves en 5,

“gpraeee oe ein Th! Ak a b a g ‘ sal mm, om,

Bea NA NAS aie aN Zaz

bi ae’ veers ye we ? cote eS ae"

kd wet a ‘ 3s

nn ae Et s

+ a

ga ,

aware

90. B. Bostock 218. C. cultivated ex Mt Spec, NNW of Townsville, Richie s.n.

Fig, 2, Silhouettes (not to scale) showing frond forms in Adiantum whitei and A. hispidulum in Queensland: A-C.

D-H. A. hispidulum sens. lat. D. Bostock 235. E. Bostock 251. F. Bostock 245. G. Bostock 250. H. Bostock 151.

A. whitel sens. str. A. Bostock 1

364

In all investigated cases of hybrids between apomicts and sexual species (where

the apomict must be the male or antheridial parent), the offspring have been apomictic

(Walker 1979, 1983, 1985). The production of fertile spores by 4. whitei is not unexpected,

even if the taxon should prove to be a natural hybrid between A. Aispidulum and another

(sexually reproducing) Adiantum taxon. Walker (1985) commented on the ability of

agamosporous taxa to build up extensive agamic complexes in this manner and the

possibility that 4. whitei has its origins in such an event (or events) cannot be discounted.

_ The numerous morphological similarities between A. hispidulum and A. whiteli

indicate a common ancestry, but the latter taxon is sufficiently distinguished by virtue

of its frond dissection and receptacular trichomes to be given varietal status.

Acknowledgements

I wish to thank the Society for Growing Australian Plants, Queensland Region,

Inc. (SGAP) for publishing a request for material of A. whitei; the Queensland SGAP

Fern Study Group for their donations of cultivated specimens; Rod Hull of Frankston,

Victoria for his invaluable field observations and freely offered information: the Director

of the Queensland Herbarium for permission to study the Adiantum collection; the

Queensland Department of Forestry for permission to collect in forestry reserves, and

Prof. H.T. Clifford and Mr. P.I. Forster (University of Queensland) for commenting on

drafts of this paper.

References

ABRAHAM, A., NINAN, C.A. & MATHEW, P.M. (1962). Studies on the cytology and phylogeny of the

pleridophytes VIL. Observations on one hundred species of South India ferns. Journal of the Indian Botanical

Society 441: 339-4]

BIDIN, A. (1983). Penelitian sitologi pada genus Adiantum L. (Adiantaceae). Sains Malaysiana 12: 275-286.

(Cytological studies in the genus Adiantum) (in Malay, Engl. summary).

BROWNLIE, G. (1957). Cytotaxonomic studies on New Zealand Pteridaceae. New Phytologist 56: 207-209.

BROWNLIE, G. (1965). Chromosome numbers in some Pacific pteridophyta. Pacific Science 19: 493-497.

ELLIOT, W.R. & JONES, D.L. (1982). Encyclopaedia of Australian plants, suitable for cultivation. Vol. 2.

Melbourne: Lothian.

GHATAK, J. (1977). Biosystematic survey of pteridophytes from Shevaroy Hills, South India. the nucleus 20:

105-108.

GOUDEY, C.J. (1985). Maidenhair ferns in cultivation. Melbourne: Lothian.

JONES, D.L. & CLEMESHA, S.C. (1981). Australian ferns and fern allies. Revised Edition. Sydney: A.H. & A.W.

Reed.

LOVIS, J.D. (1977). Evolutionary patterns and processes in ferns. Advances in Botanical Research 4: 229-4[5.

MANTON, I. & SLEDGE, W.A. (1954). Observations on the cytology and taxonomy of the pteridophyte flora

of Ceylon. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London. Series B. 238: 127-185.

NAYAR, B.K. (1961). Ferns of India. 1. Adiantum L. Bulletin of the Lucknow Botanic Gardens No. 32.

PARRIS, B.S. (1980). Adiantum hispidulum Sw. and A. pubescens Schkuhr (Adiantaceae: Filicales) in New Zealand.

New Zealand Journal of Botany 18: 503-S06.

TRYON, R.M & TRYON, A.F. (1982). Ferns and allied plants with speciai reference to tropical America. New

York: Springer-Verlag.

WALKER, T.G. (1979). The cytogenetics of ferns. In A.F.Dyer (ed.), The experimental biology of ferns: 87-132.

London: Academic Press.

WALKER, T.G. (1983). Chromosomes and evolution in Pteridophytes. In A.K.Sharma & A.Sharma (eds.),

Chromosomes in evolution of eukaryotic groups: 103~141. Boca Raton: CRC Press.

WALKER, T.G. (1985). Some aspects of agamospory in ferns—the Braithwaite system. Proceedings of the Royal

Society of Edinburgh 85B: 59-66.

365

Austrobaileya 2(4): 365-379 (1987)

REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN VITACEAE,

2. CAYRATIA JUSS.

B.R. Jackes

Botany Department, James Cook University of North Queensland

Townsville, Qld 4811

Summary

The genus Cayratia Juss. is reviewed for Australian species. Two species C. maritima and C. cardiophylla are

described as new. A description of the genus and of each of the eight species occurring in Australia is given,

together with a key to the species.

CAYRATIA

Cayratia Juss. Dict. Sci. Nat. 10: 103 (1818), nom. cons., Dict. Class. Hist. Nat. 4: 346

(1823); Gagnepain, Notul. Syst. 1: 346 (1911).

Columella Loureiro, Fl, Cochinch. 85 (1790); Merrill, Enum. Philip. Plants 3 (1923),

nom. rej.

Cissus sect. Cayratia (Juss.) Planchon in A. & C.DC. Monogr. Phan. 5: 47 (1887).

Type: Cayratia pedata (Loureiro) Jussieu ex Gagnepain.

Climbing or scrambling vines, slender, evergreen or deciduous, underground system

sometimes tuberous. Tendrils leaf-opposed, often branched several times, each branch

subtended by a bract. Leaves alternate, compound, 3—5-foliolate, pinnate or pedate,

margins usually serrated. Stipules 2, caducous. Degree and type of pubescence on aerial

parts varies between species. Inflorescence axillary, pseudoaxillary or leaf-opposed,

pedunculate, carried above the leaves, multiflowered in irregular corymbose cymes, often

loose; peduncles and pedicels subtended by bracts. Flowers bisexual, small, tetramerous,

pedicellate, buds often swollen. Calyx cup-shaped or margins sometimes spreading.

Corolla with 4 free lobes, cohering in bud by the interlocked epidermal cells, sometimes

cucullate at the apex, reflexed after anthesis. Stamens inserted on the receptacle at the

base of the disc, opposite the petals, filaments erect, often flattened, anthers introrse,

dorsifixed opening by longitudinal slits. Pollen grains tricolporate. Disc adnate to and

entirely surrounding the ovary, the 4 rounded lobes sometimes extending above the

ovary. Ovary 2-locular with 2 anatropous, basally attached ovules per locule; style conical,

stigma minute, expanding after anthesis. Berry fleshy with 1-4 triangular to ovoid seeds.

Shape of seeds in transverse section varies according to the number maturing in the

fruit, the flattened area on the dorsal surface formed by the perichalaza may be rounded

or elongate, | or 2 furrows or pits are present on the ventral surface. Endotesta lignified

sometimes with lateral flanges, endosperm ruminations in transverse section may be T-

shaped or U-shaped. Mucilage cells and raphide sacs also often with mucilage, appear

to be present in all organs.

Cayratia may be distinguished from the closely related genus Cissus by the

following characters: leaves compound, petiolules associated with the leaflets, ratio central

petiolule to lateral petiolule rarely less than 2; inflorescence a dichotomous cyme, usually

axillary or pseudoaxillary by the abortion of the lateral axis; endosperm in transverse

section either T-shaped or U-shaped. Two of the characters by which Gagnepain (1911)

and Latiit (1981) separated these two genera are not valid for Australian species. They

considered that in Cissus the leaves are always simple and the berry is 1-seeded. Although

leaf size, margin indentation and degree of pubescence exhibit considerable intraspecific

variation, number of leaflets, shape and relative size, position of hairs, nature of the

tendrils and seed characteristics are useful diagnostic characters. All measurements and

observations in this paper refer to dried mature organs unless otherwise indicated.

According to Galet (1967) there are about 63 species most of which occur in the

tropical and subtropical areas of Africa, Asia, Australia and many of the Pacific Islands.

366

Eight species occur in Australia, three are endemic, and two are endemic to Australia

and adjacent areas of New Guinea. The species in Australia fall into three separate

sroups distinguished by leaf, fruit and seed characters.

Key to the Species

1. Leaflets 3 ..

Leaflets 5 .. .

2. Mature fruit purple to black drying black .. ..

Mature fruit pale drying brown... ww ok ee 4

3. Tendrils 3-fid, hooked hairs restricted to midrib on adaxial surface ..1. C. maritima

Tendrils 4-5-fid, adhesive disc present on branch tips, hairs not restricted 2. C. trifolia

4. Abaxial surface of mature leaf glabrous .................. 3. C. saponaria

Abaxial surface of mature leaf pubescent .......... 0. 2. ce ee ee ee ee 5

5. Flowering occurs on 2 ies shoots. penne careers ratio of central leaflet

0.96 +0.12... oe i, De ee ee ee ee ee we es)64, C, cardiophylla

Flowering occurs on branches with iid icine leaves. Length/breadth

ratio of central leaflet 1.47+ 0.4. ey tes Bi eg Be eo, a ee AETIS

6. Base of central leaflet ice ah Filaments broad. = Enea ratlo ca

a2 . 6. C. eurynema

Base of central leaflet rounded or cuneate. Filaments narrow. Length/breadth

ratio ca 4:1 tal, gulls wxicet Foes came dD inde ge gees Ol ner atl EL eg ces Toe

7. Inflorescence axillary. Apex of corolla cucullate. Base of central leaflet

rounded. Stipules usually less than 4 mm .............. 7. C. japonica

Inflorescence leaf-opposed, or pseudoaxillary. Apex of corolla not cucullate.

Base of central leaflet usually cuneate. eer nate than

Amm.. .. 1. 0. ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee pe ee ae es §. C. clematidea

1, Cayratia maritima B.R.Jackes, sp. nov. affinis C. trifoliae (L.) Domin foliis maturitate

glabris praeter paginam adaxialem qua costa compressa verticaliter pilos multi-

cellulares uniseriates feret, cirrhis 3-fidis sine discis adhaerentis ad apices distin-

guitur. Typus: Lakefield, 15°07’S, 144°17’E, 26 Jun 1982, B.R.Jackes ‘growing

over shrub beside billabong. Alluvial. Luxuriant vine, fruits black, flowers greenish’

(holo: BRI; iso: A,CANB,DNA,K,L,MEL, NSW).

Vitis carnosa Wall. Cat. 6018 (CK).

Frutex ramis angularis plerumque glabris pilis simplicibus ad nodos praeditis, raro

deciduus, si ita per intervallum breve non nisi in meridionale limitite. Tuber quum

adest breve. Capreoli 3 fidi glabri. Folia trifoliolata; foliohum medium ovatum usque

rhomboideum, apice acuminate, 7.2 cm X 3.8 cm; foliola lateralia obliqua interdum

loba 5.1 cm X 3.3 cm, marginibus crenulato-serratis, pagina supra glabra maturitate

praeter costam verticaliter compressam pilos simplices uniseratos 3—4 cellulares uncinatos

ferentem, pagina inferne plerumque glabra, aliquando pilis uncinatis in venis prope

junctionem petioli laminaeque; petiolulus medius supra porcatus, plerumque pilis uncin-

atis (1-)1.5(-4) cm longis; petioluli laterales (0.2-)0.5(-1.2) cm longi; petiolus (2~)3.5(-6.8)

cm longus. Stipulae triangulares 1.5-2 mm longae. Inflorescentia supra folia portata

cymosa corymbiformis 6.5 cm X 4 cm, pedunculo (3-)4(-8) cm longo. Calyx papillosus;

corolla papillosa pallide viridis usque alba usque flavida 2 mm X 2 mm; filamenta

367

Fig. 1. Cayratia maritima: A. leaf and tendril with three branches X 0.5. B. inflorescence X 0.5. .C. median

transverse section of mature seed X 7.5. D. seed, ventral surface showing position of the raphe X 5. E. seed,

dorsal surface showing the position and shape of the perichalaza X 5. F. cotyledons X 0.5. C. trifolia: G. leaf and

tendrii with five branches X 0.5. H. seed, ventral surface showing position of the raphe 5. I. seed, dorsa! surface

showing hia and shape of the perichalaza X 5. J. median transverse section of mature seed X 10 (e — lignified

endotesta.).

tse aa gaat

MAT NTO ON Sn

Wl betsisiney

pinay frida hiy nA BEATE

CHAU ARTERITIS oa

MLE WS EER at Si

EEN A I gM Mg AMM a

cr cm ate a

368

staminalia 1-1.5 mm longa; antherae 0.5 mm longae. Bacca nigra, depresso-globula,

1.2-1.5 cm X 0.6-1 cm, 2-4 seminibus naviculiformis 5.5~7 mm X 5-/ mm, a ventre

sulcis duobus vadosis notatis; endospermium T-forme in sectione transversal1.

Scrambling vine, stems angular, usually glabrous, stmple hairs at nodes when young.

Tendrils 3-fid, glabrous. Plant rarely deciduous, if so, for a short period only on the

southern limits. Tuber if present, small. Leaves trifoliolate. Central leaflet ovate to

rhomboid, apex acuminate (3-)7.2(—10.5) cm X (2.2-)3.8(-6) cm; lateral leaflets oblique,

sometimes lobed (2.5-)5.1(-7.6) cm X (1.9-)3.3(-4.3) cm. Margins crenulate-serrate.

Upper surface glabrous at maturity except for the vertically compressed midrib which

bears uniseriate 3-14-celled hooked hairs. Lower surface usually glabrous, occasionally

hooked hairs are present on veins near the junction of the petiole and lamina. Central

petiolule ridged on top, hooked hairs usually present, (1-)1.5(—4) cm long; lateral petiolule

(0.2—)0.5(-1.2) cm long. Petiole (2-)3.5(—6.8) cm long. Stipules triangular 1.5-2 mm long.

Inflorescence axillary, 3-5 primary branches, cymose, corymbiform (5-)6.5(-15) cm X

(3.5-)4(-10) cm, peduncle (3-)4(-8) cm long. Calyx papillose. Corolla papillose, pale

preen to white to yellowish, 2 mm X 2 mm. Filaments 1-1.5 mm long, anthers 0.5 mm

long. Berry black, depressed-globular, 1.2-1.5 cm X 0.6-1 cm. Seeds 2-4 per fruit, boat-

shaped, 5.5—-7 mm X 5-7 mm; 2 shallow grooves on the ventral surface, endosperm in

transverse section T-shaped. Figs. IA-F, 2A.

Representative Specimens Examined. Northern Territory. South of Bushman’s Camp and north of Channel Point,

mouth of Daly River, 13°15’S, 129°58’E, May 1978, Webb & Tracey 12230 (BRI,CANB); Mardlow, Meiville

Island, Apr 1967, Stocker & Fox (BRI,QRS); Near Cahili’s Crossing, East Alligator River, 12°30’S, 133°00’E, May

1978, Webb & Tracey 12231 (BRI,CANB). Queensland. Cook District: Saibai, Jul 1975, Stocker 1365 (QRS);

Kerr Point, Weipa, Jun 1982, Jackes (BRI,CBG,PERTH,QRS);, Normanby River, Aug 1979, Done (BRI); Cairns

Central Swamp, Feb 1979, Wright (BRI,K,L,NSW).

Specimens from 38 Australian localities were examined.

Distribution and Habitat: This vine 1s commonly found growing along tropical coastlines

(Map 1.) and adjacent areas which are seasonally inundated as well as around lagoons

and along creek banks. It extends into Indonesia, New Guinea and neighbouring Pacific

Islands. Soils are usually alluvial or sandy.

Flowering period: spring to summer.

Fruiting period: summer to winter.

Notes and Observations: This species is readily distinguished from the related C. trifolia

by the 3-fid tendrils which lack adhesive pads at the apices and by the mature leaves

pias are glabrous except for hooked hairs on the adaxial midrib. Leaves usually dry

dark grey.

2. Cayratia trifolia (L.) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 370 (1927).

Vitis trifolia L., Spec. Pl. 203 (1753); Benth., Fl. Austral. 1: 449 (1863); F.Muell.,

Fragm. 6: 177 (1868), 9: 126 (1875); F.M.Batley, Qd FI. 1: 281 (1899),

Cissus trifolia (L.) K.Schum. in Schum. et Hollr., Fl. Kaiser Wilh. Land 71 (1889);

Warburg, Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 13: 369 (1891).

Columella trifolia (L.) Merrill, Philipp. J. Sci. 11: 132 (1916).

Cissus acutifolia Poiret, Encycl. Supp. 1: 106 (1810); DC. Prodr. 1: 630 (1824).

Cissus carnosa Lamk. Encycl. 1: 31 (1783); Planchon in A. & C.DC., Monogr. Phan.

5: 570 (1887); DC., Prodr. 1: 630 (1824); Roxb., Fl. Ind. 1: 427 (1820).

Cissus cinerea Lamk., Tabl. Encycl. 1: 332 (1791); DC., Prodr. 1: 631 (1824). Type:

Lamk. Herb. (P).

Cissus crenata Vahl, Symb. Bot. 3: 19 (1794); Wall. Cat. 6021 (K) (1831-32).

Cissus obtusifolia Poiret, Encycl. Suppl. 1: 106 (1810); Lamk., Encycl. 1: 31 (1783).

Type: Herb. Lamk. (P).

Vitis psoralifolia F.Muell., Fragm. 2: 75 (1860). Type: Victoria River (K,GH,MEL).

Cissus psoralifolia (F.Muell.) Planchon in A, & C.DC. Monogr. Phan. 5: 567 (1887),

based on V. psoralifolia.

Cayratia carnosa (Lamk.) Gagnep. in Lecomte, Notul. Syst. (Paris) 1: 347 (1911),

based on Cissus carnosa Lamk.

369

Weak climber, frequently clinging to trees, stems angular, pubescent when young, hairs

uniseriate 4-16-celled. Tendrils 4—5-fid, branches ending in adhesive discs, initially

pubescent becoming glabrous with age. Plants usually deciduous, tubers present. Leaves

trifoliolate often somewhat fleshy. Central leaflet ovate to rhomboid, apex acuminate

(2.3~)5.2(-11) cm X (1.3-)3.3(-7.2) cm; lateral leaflets oblique, often lobed (1.8-)4(-9)

cm X (1.1~)2.8(-5.8) cm. Margins crenulate to dentate. Upper surface pubescent often

becoming glabrous with age, or hairs become restricted to the main veins, lower surface

pubescent, often sparsely so when old; hairs on both surfaces curved, uniseriate 2-7-

celled. Central petiolule ridged, pubescent (0.3-)1.1(-—3) cm long; lateral petiolule

(0.1-)0.3(-0.8) cm long. Petiole (1.2-)3.9(—7.7) cm long. Stipules triangular (2—)3(-4) mm

long. Inflorescence axillary, 3-4 primary branches, cymose corymbiform (4-)7(-12) cm

x (2~)4(-8) cm; peduncle (2-)4(—6.5) cm long, all parts shortly pubescent. Calyx papillose.

Corolla papillose, 1.5-2 mm xX 1-1.5 mm, pale green to yellowish. Filaments 1 mm

long, anthers 0.5 mm long. Berry purple-black, depressed-globular 0.8-1.7 cm X 0.6-0.8

cm. Seeds 2-4 per fruit, boat-shaped, 4-6 mm X 4-4.5 mm; 2 shallow grooves on the

ventral surface, endosperm in transverse section T-shaped. Figs. 1G-—J, 2B.

Representative Specimens Examined. Western Australia. Crater Valley, 38 km NNW of Wyndham, Mar 1978,

Lazarides 8555 (CANB,K,NT); Ord River, 2 miles [3.2 km] below Carlton Reach, May 1944, Gardner 7285

(PERTH). Northern Territory. Banjo Beach, Melville Island, Jan 1966, Stocker (BRI,NT); Gove Airport area, Feb

1977, Hinz 7724 (NT); Cannon Hill airstrip, Feb 1973, Martensz (BRI,CANB,DNA,K,L,NSW,NT); Victoria River,

Mueller (MEL); Rapid Creek, Katherine, Jan 1943, Hely (CANB); 60 km W of Dunmarra, Jul 1978, Jackes

(CANB,JCT,NSW). Queensland. Cook District: Halfway Island, 11°23’S, 142°58’E, Feb 1979 Duke (JCT); 12.5

km NNE of Weipa Mission, Dec 1974, Specht & Salt (BRI); Base of Black Mountain, SW of Cooktown, Dec

1965, Rodd 219 (NSW). BuRrKE District: Near Doomagee Mission on Burketown Road, Jun 1978, Jackes (JCT).

North KENNEDY District: 45 miles [72 km] SE Mount Garnet, Jan 1968, Merain 279 (BRD; Collinsville-Bowen

Road, Jan 1978, Jackes (JCT). |

Specimens from 131 Australian localities were examined.

Distribution and Habitat: This species extends from India to the Pacific. In Australia it

is found (Map 2.) chiefly in open forest in tropical regions usually climbing on trees

with persistent bark. Soils are variable.

Flowering period: spring to summer.

Fruiting period: summer to autumn.

Notes and Oservations: Leaf size, thickness, nature of the leaf margin and degree of

pubescence are highly variable in this species. Hairs are always present on both leaf

surfaces when young. Size of leaf appears to be related to habitat, those plants growing

in moister, protected areas usually have the largest leaves.

3. Cayratia saponaria (Seem. ex Benth.) Domin in Fedde, Repert. 11: 294 (1912).

Vitis saponaria Seem. ex Benth., Fl. Austral. 1: 448 (1863). Lectotype (designated

here): Voyage of Rattlesnake, Piper’s Islets, 27 Sep 1848, McGillivray, lectopara:

Torres Strait, Brown (E,K); Cape York, McGillivray (K); F.Muell., Fragm. 6: 178

(1868); F.M.Bailey, Qd Fi. 1: 280 (1899).

Cissus saponaria (Seem.) Planchon in A. & C.DC., Monogr. Phan. 5: 574 (1887).

ne BRD F.M.Bailey, Qd Fl. 1: 281 (1899). Type: Ranges about Cairns, Nugent

24 (BRI).

Cayratia strigosa (F.M.Bailey) Domin in Fedde, Repert. 11: 264 (1912).

Cissus bicolor Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 921 (1927). Type: Harvey’s Creek, 1910,

Domin 6373, 6374 (PR).

Robust vine, stems rounded, glabrous or with minute papillae. Tendrils bifid, papillae

may be present. Leaves trifoliolate. Central leaflet ovate to broadly ovate, apex acuminate-

caudate, base weakly cordate,(12—)13.9(-17.5) cm X (6.2-)10.2(-13) cm; lateral leaflets

oblique (10.5-)13.3(-16) cm * (7.2~)9.6(-—12.5) cm. Margins with numerous shallow

serrations on both sides. Upper surface glabrous at maturity, glossy, some small hairs

may be present near the base of the midrib. Lower surface usually with simple, uniseriate

5-—10-celled hairs towards the base of the midrib and main laterals at maturity, hairs

often dense near junction of the lamina and the petiolule. Central petiolule (1.3—)3.9(-6.6)cm

long; lateral petiolule (0.7—)2.4(-—4.5) cm long. Petiole (5-)8.5(-11.2) cm long, small rusty

coloured hairs may be present, often glabrous at maturity, base swollen, lenticels

Fig. 2. A. Cayratia maritima, upper leaf surface showing the hooked hairs on the midrib. B. C. trifolia, upper

leaf surface showing hairs scattered over surface of leaf as well as on the midrib. C. C. acris, distribution of hairs

on the lower leaf surface. D. C. cardiophylla, distribution of hairs on the lower leaf surface. All scale bars equal

0.1 mm.

371

prominent. Stipules triangular 1-1.5 mm xX 1 mm. Inflorescence axillary, 3—4 primary

branches, cymose corymbiform 20 cm X 15 cm; peduncle 5-10 cm long. Calyx glabrous

or with minute papillae. Corolla glabrous, 2~2.5 mm long, white. Filaments flattened, 1

mm long, anthers | mm long. Disc thick. Berry whitish at maturity drying to brown,

depressed-globular, 1-1.5 cm X 1-1.2 cm. Seeds 1-4 per fruit, rounded, 5.5-7 mm xX

5-7 mm, endosperm U-shaped, chalaza elongated. Fig. 3A-D.

Representative Specimens Examined. Queensland. Cook DISTRICT: Between Lockhart River airstrip and Mount

Tozer, 12°04’S, 143°2’E, Feb 1980, Clarkson (BRI,JCT,K,QRS); Daintree River, on south bank about 5--6 miles

[8-9.6 km] E of Daintree, Oct 1962, Smith 11507 (A,BRI,K,L); Mrs Kidner’s Block, near Millstream River ca

10 km NNE of Ravenshoe, Apr 1979, Lockyer (BRI,CANB,CBG,QRS). NORTH KENNEDY District: Near Tully

River Bridge, Cardstone, 17°45’S, 145°40’E, Jan 1983, Jackes & Jackes (A,BISH,BRLCANB,CBG,DNA,JCT,K,L,MEL

NSW PERTH,QRS); Kirrama State Forest, NW Cardwell, Jun 1977, Winsor (JCT).

Specimens from 18 localities were examined.

Distribution and Habitat: This species is found (Map 5.) in rainforest or rainforest

remnants from north of Cardwell 18°06’S, 146°02’E, to northern Cape York Peninsula.

Flowering period: spring to summer.

Fruiting period: summer to early autumn.

Notes and Observations: The specimen selected as the lectotype 1s the more complete

specimen of the syntypes upon which Bentham based his description. C. saponaria

(Seem. ex Benth.) Domin and C. seemanniana A.C.Smith have been confused in the

literature as both species were based on the name Vitis saponaria. However as indicated

by Smith (1942) these are two different species and the latter may be distinguished by

‘the persistent tufts of hairs in the axils of nerves on the lower surface’. He also considered

the leaflets to be thinner and the iateral leaflets to be more cordate at the base; however

these are very variable characters. |

The description of Cissus bicolor Domin does not agree with the specimen cited

as the type. The leaves of this specimen (Domin 6373, 6374, PR) and of the illustration

(Domin 1927, p923) are in fact the leaflets of Cayratia saponaria.

4. Cayratia cardiophylla B.R. Jackes, sp. nov. affinis Cayratia acris (F.Muell.) Domin

filamentis staminalibus angustis, pilis 1-3 cellularibus ad junctioneum ovaril

stylique, nercnon florens ante expansionem plenam foliorum in surculis novis,

raro in sylva pluvitali inventa distinguitur. Typus: Annan River, upstream growing

6 i over Hibiscus, 10 Dec 1978, Duke (holo: BRI; iso: CANB,NSW,PERTH,

RS,JCT).

Liana grandis plerumque decidua ramis teretibus tomentosis juventute; cortex rubescens

squamata. Capreoli bifidi pubescentes. Folia trifoliolata; foliolus medius late ovato-

circularis, apice acuminato-obtusus, basi cordatus 14.6 cm X 15.2 cm; folioli laterales

obliqui 12.5 cm X 13.4 cm, marginibus in lateribus ambabus costae non profunde serratis,

paginis ambis dense pubescentibus juventute, superiore sparse pubescenti maturiate pilis

plerumque erectis simplicibus 5-7 cellularibus in pagina superiore et plerumque densis

et saepe tortis 3-12 cellularibus in pagina inferiore, venis tertariis reticulum prominens

facientibus: petiolulus medius (2.2—)3(-—6) cm longus; petioluli laterales (1-)1.8(-4.5) cm

longi; petiolus (7.5-)9.5(-13) cm longus, pubescens. Stipulae triangulares 1.5-2 mm

longae pubescentes. Inflorescentia in surculo novo magnopere ultra folia juvenia expan-

dentia, 2-3 ramis primariis, cymosa corymbiformis 9.5 cm X 9 cm, pedunculo 4—5 cm

longo. Calyx cyathiformis margo membranaceo patulo, papillosus; corolla pallide viridis

usque albescens extra papillosa, 2-2.5 mm longa; filamenta staminalia 1 mm longa,

tantum parum complanata; antherae 0.6-0.75 mm longae; ovarium disco crasso circum-

cinctum labro parvo vel nullo, 1-3 cellularibus papillis ad junctionem ovarn et basis

styli praeditum. Bacca viriditer alba usque alba, brunnea in sicco, depresso-globula 1-1.3

cm X 0.4-0.7 cm, 2-4 globatis seminibus continuens, endospermio U-formi in sectione

transversali, praedito projectura media sed tum ea nunquam quam projecturae laterales

longior.

Large sprawling vine with rounded stems, whitish tomentose when young, bark flakey,

reddish. Tendrils bifid, pubescent. Plant usually deciduous. Leaves trifoliolate. Central

leaflet broadly ovate-circular, apex acuminate-obtuse, base cordate (13-)14.6(-18) cm xX

(12-)15.2(-18.5) cm; lateral leaflets oblique (10.2~)12.5(-15) cm X (9.4-)13.4(-16.5) cm.

372

Shree

Reet

—

ce ae

dees

ty baa! ch,

ieee tetera at

"a ana:

Fig. 3. Cayratia saponaria: A. leaf X 0.25. B. seed, ventral surface showing position of the raphe and circular

ridge formed by the underlying endotesta < 5. C. seed, dorsal surface showing the position and shape of the

perichalaza X 5. D. median transverse section of mature seed x 10. C. acris: E. leaf X 0.25. F. seed, ventral

surface showing position of the raphe and the circular ridge formed by the underlying endotesta xX 5. G. seed,

dorsal surface showing the position and shape of the perichalaza <x 5. H. median transverse section of mature

seed X 10. C. cardiophyila: I. portion of trifoliolate leaf x 0.25. J. inflorescence at anthesis showing very young

leaves at base of peduncle X 0.5. K. median transverse section of mature seed X 7.5. L. seed, ventral surface

showing position of the raphe and the circular ridge formed by the underlying endotesta < 5. M. seed, dorsal

surface showing the position and shape of the perichalaza x 5. (e ~ lignified endotesta).

373

Margins with shaliow serrations on both sides of the midrib. Both leaf surfaces densely

pubescent when young, upper sparsely pubescent when mature, hairs usually erect,

uniseriate 5—7-celled on the upper surface, on the lower surface hairs are 3-i2-celled

and usually dense and often twisted. Tertiary veins form a prominent network. Central

petiolule (2.2-)3.8(-6) cm long; lateral petiolules (1-)1.8(-—4.5) cm long. Petiole (7.5—)9.5(-13)

cm long, pubescent. Stipules triangular 1.5-2 mm long, pubescent. Inflorescence axillary,

borne on new growth and carried well beyond young expanding leaves, 2-3 primary

branches, cymose corymbiform, (8-)9.5(-11) cm X (6-)9(—10) cm, peduncle 4-5 cm long.

Calyx cupshaped with flaring membranous margin, papillose. Corolla papillose, pale

green to whitish, 2-2.5 mm long. Filaments | mm long, only slightly flattened, anthers

0.6-0.75 mm long. Ovary surrounded by a thick disc, rim small or absent, 1-3-celled

papillae present at the junction of the ovary and the base of the style. Berry greenish-

white to white, drying brown, depressed-globular, 1-1.3 cm X 0.4-0.7 cm. Seeds 2-4 per

fruit, rounded, 4-4.5 mm X 3-4 mm, endosperm in transverse section a modified U-

shape, although the central projection is present, it is never longer than the lateral

projections. Figs. 2D, 3]-M.

Representative Specimens Examined. Queensland. Cook District: Sue Island, 10°12’S, 142°49°E, Oct 1981,

Clarkson 3951 (BRI,QRS),; Between Lockerbie and Somerset, 10°46’S, 142°33’E, Dec 1980, Hyland 10966 (QRS);

Low Wooded Island, 15°05’S, 145°23’E, Sep 1973, Stoddard (BRI); Base of Black Mountain, SW of Cooktown,

Dec 1965, Rodd 213 (NSW); Limestone outcrop 4 miles [6.4 km] N of Mungana, approx 17°0S/S, 144°25’E, May

1970, Webb & Tracey (BRI).

Specimens from 39 localities were examined.

Distribution and Habitat: This vine, which is usually decidous, is commonly found

growing over beach rubble, along river edges and in semi-deciduous vine thickets, rarely

in rainforest. In appears to prefer limestone based soils and coral rubble. It is found in

North Queensland and the Torres Strait (Map 3.) chiefly on coral islands and around

Chillagoe.

Flowering period: August to December.

Fruiting period: November to May.

Notes and Observations: Several sterile senescing specimens from Western Australia and

Northern Territory have been provisionally placed in this species on the basis of leaf

pubescence and shape, however further collections preferably obtained before the onset

of the dry season are required for clarification. This species which is closely related to

C. acris may be distinguished by a number of characters: the length/breadth ratio of the

central leaflet is 0.96 + 0.12, compared with that for C. acris (1.47 + 0.4); the filaments

are much narrower; 1-3-celled hairs are present at the junction of the style and the top

of the ovary, as well flowering occurs on new growth before the leaves have fully

expanded. This species also appears to flower more frequently if the number of flowering

specimens in collections is any indication. However sterile senescing specimens cannot

be assigned absolutely to either species.

This species has been previously misidentified as C. grandifolia, however the type

specimen of this species is less pubescent, although flowers in reasonable condition were

unavailable, the leaves on the specimens were fully expanded.

§. Cayratia acris (F.Muell.) Domin in Fedde, Repert. 11: 294 (1912). Syntypes: Richmond

R., Beckler (MEL,K); Burnett and Pine Rivers, Mueller (MEL,K).

Vitis acris F.Muell., Fragm. 11: 75 (1860); Benth., Fl. Austral. 1: 449 (1863);

F.M.Bailey, Qd Fl. 1: 281 (1899); C. Moore, Handb. Fl. N.S.W., 213 (1893).

Cissus acris (F.Muell.) Planchon in A. & C.DC., Monogr. Phan. 5: 576 (1887).

Cissus grandifolia Warburg, Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 18: 199 (1894). Type: Kelana, 6 Aug

1888, Hellwig 125 (K).

Cayratia grandifolia (Warb.) Merrill and Perry, J. Arnold Arbor. 22: 378 (1941).

Robust vine with rounded stems bearing uniseriate, spreading 4-15-celled hairs resulting

in a whitish appearance when young. Tendrils bifid, usually pubescent. Plants occasionally

deciduous. Leaves trifoliolate. Central leaflet usually broadly lanceolate to ovate, apex

acuminate to cuspidate, base rarely strongly cordate, (12.6—)16.2(-23.5) cm X (7-)11.3(—18.2)

cm; lateral leaflets oblique (10.5-)14.6(-21.5) cm X (6.6-)10.4(-17) cm. Margins with

bell)

“

—

ES at

wg nae

rer)

cccc CCC en TCC eer!

mod

wf gh

ae ae

“|

”

‘

“

eg Maa

Loe

“e,

Lone

au”

“4

Fig. 4. Cayratia eurynema: A. \eaf X 0.5. B. seed, ventral surface showing the position of the raphe X 5. C. seed,

dorsal surface showing the shape and position of the perichalaza x 5. D,. median transverse section of mature

seed X 7.5. C. japonica: E. leaf X 0.5. F. seed, ventral surface showing position of the raphe x 5, G. seed, dorsal

surface showing the position and shape of the perichalaza <x 5. H. median transverse section of mature seed X

10. C. clematidea: J. leaf and leaf-opposed inflorescence X 0.5. J. seed, ventral surface showing the position of

the raphe X 5. K. seed, dorsal surface showing the position and shape of the perichalaza < 5. L. median transverse

section of mature seed X 10. (e — lignified endotesta).

375

numerous shallow serrations on each side of the midrib. Upper surface with uniseriate

4-10-celled hairs, at maturity these are usually associated with the raised veins, sparse

elsewhere, lower surface usually densely pubescent, both costally and intercostally, hairs

4-10-celled, straight to curved. Central petiolule (2—)4.1(-5.9) cm long; lateral petiolules

(0.7-)1.7(-3.5) cm long. Petiole (4.6-)8.3(-17.8) cm long, small hairs usually associated

with the slightly swollen base, lenticels inconspicuous. Stipules triangular, glabrous, i

mm long. Inflorescence axillary with 2-3 primary branches, cymose corymbiform, ca 25

cm X 20 cm; peduncle ca 10 cm long. Calyx spreading. Corolla often papillose, 1.5-2

mm X 1.5 mm, pale green to yellowish. Filaments 0.75 mm long, flattened, anthers 0.75

mm long. Disc thick, membranous rim extending well above the ovary. Berry creamy-

white, drying brown, ovoid, 1 cm diameter. Seeds 1~4 per fruit, rounded, 5-6 mm X

4-5 mm, endosperm in transverse section U-shaped. Figs. 2C, 3E—-H.

Representative Specimens Examined. Northern Territory. South of Bushman’s Camp and north of Channel Point,

north of Daly River, 13°15’S, 129°58’E, May 1978, Webb & Tracey 12215 (BRI,;CANB). Queensland. Cook

DisTRIcT: Thursday Island, Feb 1984, Garnett (BRI,JCT); Mcliwraith Range ca 14 miles [22.4 km] ENE of Coen,

Oct 1962, Smith 11852 (BRI). NORTH KENNEDY District: Cardstone, W of Tully, Jul 1979, Jackes (JCT). PoRT

Curtis District: Mount Etna via Rockhampton, May 1971, Webb & Tracey 10724 (BRI); Rosedale near Baffle

Creek, Apr 1920, White (BRI). DARLING Downs District: Cawdor, near Toowoomba, Jan 1976, Gilbert (BRI).

New South Wales. NoRTH Coast: Wilson Park, Lismore, Jan 1977, Floyd 195 (NSW); Byron Bay, Nov 1903,

Maiden & Boorman (NSW). |

Specimens from 57 Australian localities were examined.

Distribution and Habitat: Found from Northern New South Wales to the tip of Cape

York, Queensland, (Map 4.) and into New Guinea as well as isolated localities in the

Northern Territory. It is found chiefly in rainforest and to a lesser extent in semi-

deciduous vine thickets and riverine gullies. This species appears to be deciduous under

marginal conditions.

Flowering period: October-—May.

Fruiting period: March.

Notes and Observations: This species occurs in New Guinea where it was described as

Cissus grandifolia by Warburg (1894). Careful examination of Hellwig 125 (K) marked

‘det. by Warburg’ and Branderhorst 142 (K) cited by Lauterbach (1925) failed to separate

this material from specimens of C. acris. Unfortunately the material is scrappy and as

the majority of specimens of C. acris are vegetative, confusion has existed between this

species and C. cardiophylla which has till now been misidentified as C. grandifolia.

Merrill and Perry (1941) noted ‘that the pubescence on the lower surface of the leaves

is confined to the midrib and the larger nerves’, whereas Warburg (1894) described the

lower surface as pubescent.

6. Cayratia eurynema B.L.Burtt, Bull. Misc. Inform.: 179 (1939). Type: Comboyne,

N.S.W., May 1935, E.C.Chisholm (holo: K; iso: BRI, L.MO,NSW); para: Dorrigo,

Jan 1936, L. Frazer (8).

Scrambling vine, stems angular, pubescent, hairs often reddish. Tendrils 3—5-fid, pubescent

when young. Tuber absent, but extensive underground system present. Leaves pedate, 5

leaflets, soft. Central leaflet obovate-elliptical, apex acuminate-apiculate, oblique at base,

(4.8-)8.6(-14) cm xX (3-)4.2(-8) cm; lateral leaflets broad, oblique, upper lateral

(5.2-)9.3(-13.5) cm (3-)4.4(-7.2) cm; lower lateral (4-)6(—10) cm X (1.9-)3.1(—6) cm.

Margins with numerous serrations on both sides of the midrib. Upper surface sparsely

pubescent, hairs uniseriate 3-16-celled reddish, chiefly associated with the veins; hairs

on lower surface similar but denser. Central petiolule channelled, (1.2—)2.2(-4.3) cm

long; lateral petiolule (0.3-)0.8(-1.8) cm long. Petiole (4.2-)7.3(—12.5) cm long, ridged.

Stipules triangular, 1.5-2 mm X | mm. Inflorescence axillary paniculate corymbiform,

2-3 primary branches, 12.5-15 cm long, peduncle 4-8.5 cm long, pubescent. Calyx

pubescent. Corolla papillose, 2-3.5 mm X i-2 mm. Filaments 0.75 mm long, 0.5 mm

- broad, anthers 0.75 mm long, thecae diverge slightly at the base. Berry black, slightly

compressed 8 mm X 6-8 mm. Seeds | rarely 2 per fruit, boat-shaped, 5 mm X 5 mm,

2 very shallow grooves present on ventral surface, endosperm in transverse section

shallowly T-shaped. Fig. 4A-D.

Representative Specimens Examined. Queensiand, MORETON District: Blackall Range, Apr 1918, White (BRD);

Mount Glorious, Moreton District, Jan 1945, Clemens (BRI,GH,K); New.South Wales. NortH Coast: Dorrigo

Brush, Apr 1953, Vickery (NSW); Upper Williams River ca 7 miles [11.2 km] NNW of Salisbury, Aug 1960,

Johnson (NSW). NORTHERN TABLELANDS: Gibraltar Range, 80 km NE of Glen Innes, Jun 1963, Williams (NE).

376

Specimens from 19 localities were examined.

Distribution and Habitat: This species is usually found on rainforest margins in an area

extending from Barrington Tops N.S.W. (32°10/S, 151°30’E) to North of Brisbane (Map

5.). It has also been collected in. the Blackall Ranges.

Flowering period: January to April.

Fruiting period: May.

Notes and Observations: This species is easily distinguished by the oblique base of the

central leaflet, the reddish hairs on the soft leaves, the broad, thick staminal filament

and the anther thecae which diverge slightly at the base.

7. Cayratia japonica (Thunb.) Gagnep. Notul. Syst. (Paris) 1: 349 (1911).

Vitis japonica Thunb., Fl. Japan 104 (1784); F.M.Bailey, Qd Fl. 1: 281 (1899). Type:

not seen.

Cissus japonica Wilid., Sp. Pl. 1: 659 (1797); DC., Prodr. 1: 632 (1824); Planchon

in A. & C.DC., Monogr. Phan. 5: 561 (1887).

Columella japonica (Thunb.) Merrill, Philipp. J. Sci. 13: 145 (1918).

Vitis mollis Wall. Cat. No. 6025 (K).

Cissus obovata Lawson in J.D.Hook., Fl. Brit. India 1: 658 (1875).

Scrambling vine, stems ridged, often reddish when young, hairs chiefly at nodes. Tendrils

2~3-fid, ridged, usually glabrous. Tuber small or absent, plant rarely deciduous, extensive

underground root system, which suckers readily. Leaves pedate with $5 leaflets. Central

leaflet broadly-lanceolate to ovate, apex acuminate-cuspidate, base rounded, (5.2-)8.1(-11)

cm X (2.6-)3.7(-5.7) cm; lateral leaflets oblique; upper laterals (2.9-)6.8(-11) cm X

(1.9-)3.2(-4.8) cm; lower laterals (2.7-)4.8(-8) cm X (1.5-)2.7(-4.2) cm. Margins serrated

sometimes sharply on both sides of the midrib. Upper surface pubescent, hairs uniseriate

5-7-celled, chiefly confined to the veins at maturity. Lower surface pubescent, hairs

uniserlate 7-14-celled, longer ones usually associated with the veins. Sometimes densely

pubescent often with a rusty tinge. Central petiolule ridged, (1.1-)2.1(-3.5) cm long;

lateral petiolules ridged, (0.3-)0.9(-1.8) cm long. Petiole ndged, (2.6-)5.6(-9.2) cm long.

Stipules triangular, 2-3(-5) mm x 1-1.5 mm. Inflorescence axillary, 3 primary branches,

cymose corymbiform, (5-)8(-14) cm X (1-)3(-5) cm, peduncle (3-)6(-11) cm long. Calyx

papillose, shortly lobed. Corolla papillose, 1.5-2 mm long, thickened on the back near

the apex, greenish-white to yellowish. Filaments 0.5—0.75 mm long, anthers 0.5 mm

long. Disc thick. Berry purplish-blue to black, depressed-globular 7-10 mm X 4—6 mm.

Seeds 2~4 per fruit, trigonal, 3.5-5 mm X 3~4 mm; 2 shallow grooves on the ventral

side, endosperm in transverse section T-shaped. Figs. 4E—H.

Representative Specimens Examined. Queensland. Cook District: fron Range, Jun 1948, Brass 19067 (A,;CANB,K,L);

Gap Creek, 38 km S by E of Cooktown, Sep 1960, Smith 11222 (BRI,L); Yarrabah, Jan 1910, Domin 6408 (PR).

NorRTH KENNEDY District: | mile {1.6 km] E of Ravenshoe, Jun 1975, Stocker 1230 (QRS); Bluewater Forestry

Reserve, N of Townsville, Sep 1978, Jackes (A,DNA,JCT,K,L,MEL). SouTH KENNEDY DsstTrict: Dalrymple

Heights, W of Mackay, Aug 1977, Jackes (BRLJCT). BURNETT District: Cania Gorge ca 37 km NW of Monto,

Nov 1976, Stanley (BRI). WIDE Bay District: Kin Kin, Sep 1919, Francis (BRI). MorETON District: Mount

Glorious in rainforest, May 1951, Blake 18756 (BRI).

Specimens from 58 Australian localities were examined.

Distribution and Habitat: This species 1s widespread in the Asian countries extending

from Annam, north to Korea and east to New Caledonia. In Australia it is found along

the east coast of Queensland (Map 6.) from just north of Brisbane to the tip of Cape

York usually as a trailing or climbing vine 3-4 m high along rainforest margins. Soils

various.

Flowering period: all months of the year.

Fruiting period: all months of the year.

Notes and Observations: This is a variable species, with some plants densely pubescent,

whilst others are almost glabrous. Multibranched tendrils are sometimes found, and

these have also been recorded for C. eurynema and C. clematidea.

377

S ° .e

L @

e7 a

* $e

es @

® 2

? * 9" 2S

Maps 1-3. |. Cayratia maritima. 2. C. trifolia. 3. C. cardiophylla.

378

8. Cayratia clematidea (F.Muell.) Domin in Fedde, Repert. 11: 264 (1912).

Vitis clematidea F.Muell., Fragm. 2: 74 (1860), Lectotype (designated here): Clarence

River, Beckler (MEL 540138; isolecto: K); lectopara: Brisbane R., Mueller

(MEL,K,P); F.Muell., Fragm 5: 210 (1866); F.Muell., Fragm. 6: 177 (1868);

F.Muell., Fragm. 9: 126 (1875); Benth., Fl. Austral. 1: 449 (1863); F.M.Bailey,

Qd FI. 1: 282 (1899).

Cissus clematidea (F.Muell.) Planchon in A. & C.DC., Monogr. Phan. 5: 566 (1887).

Weakly scrambling, sometimes climbing vine, stems ridged, pubescent when young, hairs

pale uniseriate 5-12-celled. Tendrils 2-3-fid, ridged, rarely pubescent. Tuber present,

plant often deciduous. Leaves pedate with 5 leaflets, soft. Central leaflet broadly lanceolate-

ovate, apex acuminate, base cuneate sometimes rounded, (2-)4.3(-8) cm X (1-)2.2(—4.2)cm;

lateral leaflets oblique, upper laterals (1.8-)3.3(-6) cm X (1-)1.9(-3.4) cm; lower laterals

(1.1-)2.5(-5.6) cm X (0.6-)1.6(-3) cm. Margins serrated on both sides of the midrib

sometimes coarsely. Upper and lower surfaces with uniserate 5-12-celled hairs, chiefly

associated with the veins at maturity. Central petiolule ridged, (0.6-)1.5(-3) cm long;

lateral petiolule ridged, (0.3-)0.5(—-1) cm long. Petiole (1.5~)3.4(-9) cm long. Stipules

narrow triangular, 3.5-5 mm X i-1.5 mm. Inflorescence leaf-opposed or pseudoaxillary,

usually 3 primary branches, cymose, corymbiform, (3-)6(-11) cm xX (2~)5(-7) cm,

peduncle (2—)4(—9) cm long, pubescent. Calyx short. Corolla papillose, 1.5-2 mm long,

green to yellowish-green. Filaments 0.75 mm long, anthers 0.75 mm long. Disc entire,

pink when fresh. Berry black, depressed globular, 6-7 mm X< 4 mm. Seeds 1-4 per fruit,

3.5-4 mm X 3.5-4 mm, 2 very shallow grooves on the ventral side, endosperm in

transverse section T-shaped. Fig. 4I-L.

Representative Specimens Examined. Queensland. NORTH KENNEDY DisTRicT: Paynes Lagoon, i100 km W of

Townsville, Jun 1981, Jackes (BRLJCT,QRS). SoutH KENNEDY District: Dalrymple Heights, Sep-Nov 1947,

Clemens (K), LEICHHARDT District: Blackdown Tableland, ca 35 km SE Blackwater, Sep 1971, Henderson,

Durrington & Sharpe (BRI). MORETON District: Montville, May 1943, Blake 14956 (BRI); Brisbane River, Mar

1933, White 8648 (A,BRI,K). New South Wales. NoRTH Coast: Tweed District, Mar 1896, Betche (NSW); Seal

Rocks, 20 miles {32 a E of Buladelah, Aug 1965, Briggs (NSW); Williams River about 40 miles [64 km] N of

Singleton, Jan 1963, Pullen 3753 (CANB). CENTRAL COAST: Prospect, May 1905, Cambage (NSW), Shoalhaven

River, Jan 1932, Rodway 685 (K,NSW). NORTHERN TABLELANDS: Mole River crossing, north of Silent Grove

or NSW Nov 1965, Williams (JCT,NE). NORTH WEsT SLOPES: Cranky Rock, Warialda, Aug 1906,

upp

Specimens from 98 localities examined.

Distribution and Habitat: Usually found in moist shaded area, often on the edge of

rainforest, climbing over rocks and shrubs. It extends from southern New South Wales

to west of Townsville in north Queensland (Map 7.). Soils various.

Flowering period: Most of the year though predominately in summer.

Fruiting period: Most of the year though predominately in autumn.

Notes and Observations: This species is readily distinguished from C. japonica by the

usually smaller leaves the margins of which are often sharply serrated, and the leaflet

a usually cuneate, the long narrow stipules, and the petals which are rarely thickened

at the apex.

Acknowledgements

I would like to thank the Directors of all the Herbaria who have very kindly lent

or allowed me access to their collections. I am indebted to Mr L. Pedley for preparing

the Latin descriptions. The scanning electron micrographs were taken by Mrs H. Winsor.

My husband’s assistance 1s gratefully acknowledged.

References

DOMIN, K. (1927). Beitrage zur Flora und Pflanzengeographie Australiens. Bibliotheca Botanica 89: 921 & 923.

GAGNEPAIN, F. (1911). Classification des Cissus et Cayratia. In Lecomte, Notulae Systematicae 1: 339-343.

GALET, P. (1967). Reserches sur les methodes d’identification et declassification des Vitacees des zones temperces.

Doctoral thesis. Montpellier.

maT? ( ri ), Studies in Malesian Vitaceae V. The genus Cayratia in the Malay Peninsula. Sains Malaysiana

; 129-139,

379

LAUTERBACH, C. (1925). Die Vitaceen Papuasiens. Botanische Jahrbucherfur Systematik 59: 505-534.

eka in cee & PERRY, L.M. (1941). Plantae Papuanae Archboidianae VII. Journal of the Arnold Arboretum

: 375-—388.

SMITH, A.C. (1942). Fijian Plant Studies Hl. Sargentia 1: 55-57.

WARBURG, O. (1894). Plantae Hellwigianae. In Engler, Botanische Jahrbucher fur Systematik 18: 199.

s @ 4 ‘

‘ +

“of

5 ‘ 3} b 7

- ©

Maps 4-7. 4. Cayratia acris. 5. @ C. saponaria, O C. eurynema. 6. C. japonica. 7. C. clematidea.

380

Austrobaileya 2(4): 380-400 (1987)

ANNOTATED CHECKLIST OF QUEENSLAND HEPATICAE

J. Windolf

53 Pandanus Avenue, Coolum Beach, Qld 4573

Summary

A checklist is presented of all current binomials known from Queensland, together with synonyms relative to

Queensland specimens or literature dealing specifically with such specimens. Footnotes are employed to expand

on points of particular interest and a table of distributions is given, based on a proposal using four regional

divisions. Genera in the checklist are numbered consecutively and are cross-referenced to an alphabetical index

of genera. Notes on the history of hepatic research in Queensland and on the principal collections of Queensland

Specimens are also included.

History of hepatic research in Queensland

Throughout approximately 150 years of European settlement in Queensland, up

to the 1970’s, hepatic research has been confined to very limited collecting both in terms

of the number of specimens obtained and the geographical area covered (Everist 1982).

This work was undertaken by no more than a dozen people who, apart from one or two

exceptions, were not directly involved with nor had any particular interest in hepatics

as such. Only within the last decade has any comprehensive approach been attempted

and as a result our understanding of the species present, their distributions, habitats,

ecological peculiarities and affinities with overseas taxa is still very much in the formative

Stage.

The first positive mention of Queensland hepatics was made by F.M. Bailey soon

after he became Colonial Botanist in 1881. Bailey was a man of almost unlimited energy

and he found time to indulge an interest in the lower plants as well as carrying out his

more formal work assignments. Most of his collecting was done in south-eastern

Queensland but he made one trip to the northern Queensland rainforests of the Bellenden

Ker Range area which resulted in a considerable number of new taxa being discovered.

Other collectors of hepatics at this time include C.J. Wild, C.J. Gwyther, J. Shirley and

J.H.Simmonds. Apart from listing the taxa found, Bailey did not systematically study

the local hepatic flora. Most specimens were sent overseas for identification, the majority

to Stephani in Leipzig, East Germany who retained any types and specimens of particular

interest.

Since Bailey’s work at the turn of the century virtually no interest was taken in

hepatics for over 60 years. During 1963/64 Dr H.J. Hewson, Bureau of Fauna and Flora,

Canberra, made extensive collections of Aneura and Riccardia in northern Queensland

as a foundation for her revision of the family Aneuraceae in Australia and New Guinea

(Hewson 1969, 1970). In the late 1970's a few visiting bryologists, realizing that Australia

and in particular Queensland contained a vast storehouse of understudied material, did

some minor collecting. However, most amounted to little more than one or two day

recreational type excursions and largely covered the same ground as Bailey and his

associates nearly a century before. It is only within the last six years that properly

organized, extensive collecting has been undertaken. From 1980 onward I have system-

atically collected the area between Brisbane and Rockhampton and have lodged checklists

with the Queensland Herbarium (BRI). I have studied habitat and ecological relationships

in some environmentally significant areas and also reviewed and collated the collection

of the Queensland Herbarium. Other notable collections have been made by Dr Marie

L. Hicks of the Appalachian State University, in the rainforest belt between Tully and

Daintree and Dr Barbara M. Thiers of New York Botanic Gardens in preparation for

her pending review of the family Lejeuneaceae in Australia.

In spite of the limited amount of time and effort that has been expended on

Queensland hepatics, a relatively comprehensive catalogue of taxa is now known, drawn

mainly from the South and North Coast Regions (Map 1.). This paper aims to present

such information as is currently available in the hope that it will help stimulate interest

38]

in further collecting, particularly in the more neglected areas such as the Central Coast

Region, Cape York Peninsula and the Gulf Country.

Collections of Queensland Hepaticae

The Queensland Herbarium collection numbers about 650 specimens of Australian

hepatics, over half of which date from last century. Many of these are in poor condition

and very few are suitable for serious taxonomic work. Approximately one third of the

early collections are from interstate, having been supplied to Bailey for comparative

purposes. Many were not clearly marked and it is often difficult to tell which are

Queensland specimens. Hewson provided the Herbarium with some 80 specimens of

Aneura and Riccardia following her collecting in the 1960’s, among them several isotypes.

The majority of the recent acquisitions were donated by me, and I also maintain an

extensive personal collection of Fru/lania as well as representative specimens of other

Queensland species.

Overseas herbaria which contain sizable collections of Queensland material include

the Cryptogamic Herbarium, New York Botanic Gardens, New York, U.S.A. (NY),

Appalachian State University, Boone, North Carolina, U.S.A. (BOON), and the Her-

barium of the Hattori Botanical Laboratory, Nichinan-shi, Japan (NICH). Duplicates of

many of my specimens have been sent to these institutions. The Conservatorie et Jardin

Botaniques, Geneva, Switzerland (G) houses the many type specimens of endemic

Queensland species which were included in the Stephani Collection.

Total geographical area covered

The total area covered comprises the political entity of the State of Queensland

which includes the Torres Strait Islands, the various islands and cays of the Great Barrier

Reef, the offshore islands of the southern coast such as Curtis, Fraser, Moreton,

Stradbroke, etc., as well as the islands in the Gulf of Carpentaria east of the longitude

of the Queensiand/Northern Territory border (Map 1.).

Regional divisions

For the purposes of depicting distribution patterns, the overall area is divided

into four regions based on physical and climatic characteristics (Map 1.). In line with

the Bureau of Meteorology (1977) regional classification based on rainfall, the initial

division corresponds to the easternmost watershed created by the Great Dividing Range

and forms the boundary between the Coastal and Inland sections. Preliminary studies

show that to the east of this line, the hepatic population is primarily dominated by

moisture loving taxa of the Order Jungermanniales, while to the west there is a limited

range of species drawn from what are generally regarded as the xeromorphic genera

(Targionia, Riccia, etc.) of the Order Marchantiales. The Coastal section is further

subdivided into three regions, the South Coast, Central Coast and North Coast. The

boundaries between these regions are in the vicinity of Rockhampton and Ayr and again

correspond to those of the meteorological districts. There does not seem to be any

justification in further sub-dividing the Inland section.

The wetter areas supporting the most diversified and prolific hepatic flora tend

to occur towards the centre of each coastal region, while the boundary areas equate

closely with belts of lower rainfall. As a result the number and range of taxa in the

vicinity of the boundaries is small, thus suggesting the concept of natural hepatic regions

corresponding to the regional divisions of the State proposed here.

Arrangement of the checklist

The classification employed in the arrangement of the checklist is that of Schuster

(1979). The primary reasons for choosing this system are:

a. It is based on widely accepted, modern views regarding the evolution of the

Hepaticae.

b. Detailed descriptions of the taxa are in readily available publications.

c. It lends itself to herbarium use in that it is compatible with other systems already

established in various overseas herbaria.

382

In this system Schuster set down seven Orders within the Hepaticae. Of these only three

have been reported from Queensland: Jungermanniales, Metzgeriales and Marchantiales.

The checklist is divided into sections corresponding to these Orders and 1s then further

subdivided according to Schuster’s arrangement for families and genera. The names of

the Orders are in BOLD CAPITALS and the names of families and genera are in bold

Upper and lower case. Species and any subspecific taxa are subsequently arranged

alphabetically.

Taxa reported in recognized literature or known to exist aS specimens are consid-

ered legitimate. Synonoms relative to Queensland specimens or names under which

these specimens have been recorded are given in italics immediately beneath the current

name. Specimen references are given for all taxa cited as sp.

All genera in the checklist are numbered consecutively with the numbers cross-

referencing to the alphabetical index of genera following the checklist.

Abbreviations used in the checklist

STH(S) South Coast Region

CNT(C} Central Coast Region Species reliably reported to occur in that region.

NTH(N) North Coast Region

INL(I) Inland Region

? Report of species in that particular region is either not considered reliable

or the locality is not positively known and its occurrance in that region

is presently tentative.

+ Little is known about the reported occurrance of this species in Queensland

and its inclusion should be treated cautiously pending further investigation.

12.3: Cross-reference numbering, for genera.

(1) (2) Footnote numbering.

Reliability of information

As many reports of Queensland hepatics date back almost a hundred years and

are often contained in obscure and difficult to obtain literature, not all have been

personally investigated. In some cases it has been necessary to resort to second-hand

information but every attempt has been made to ascertain the reliability of all data used.

Only comprehensive revisions of families and genera involving detailed comparative

studies with overseas specimens can resolve the many taxonomic and nomenclatural

problems which remain. A list of the literature used in compiling the checklist is given

in Appendix A.

Acknowledgements

Acknowledgement for their assistance in providing valuable details of their par-

ticular specialities as well as general information and encouragement is due to George

Scott, Barbara Thiers, Marie Hicks, Sinski Hattori, Kohsaku Yamada, Hiroshi Inoue,

Ella Campbell, Riclef Grolle and Philip Sharpe as well as the Director and staff of the

Queensland Herbarium, in particular Estelle Ross.

References

BUREAU OF METEOROLOGY (1977). Rainfall Statistics, Australia (Metric Edition), Canberra: Australian

Government Publishing Service.

EVERIST, S.L. (1982). History of the Queensland Herbarium and Botanical Library, 1855-1975. Austrobaileya

1: 429-445,

HEWSON, H.J. (1969). The family Aneuraceae in Australia and New Guinea. I. The genus Aneura. Proc. Linn.

Soc. New South Wales 94: 173-193.

HEWSON, H.J. (1970). The family Aneuraceae in Australia and New Guinea. II. The genus Riccardia. Proc.

Linn. Soc. New South Wales 95: 60-121.

SCHUSTER, R.M. (1979). The Phylogeny of the Hepaticae. In G.S.C. Clark and J.G. Duckett (eds.), Bryophyte

Systematics: 71-82. London: Academic Press.

383

New. Guinea

—_— “SJ .

_— — Torres Strait )

cel do

' Gulf of Coral Sea

| Carpentaria

= titi ta N Ite ~. NORTH

| *%

| \

y Ss

‘pHownsville

| Charters Towers®’s._ q S

| eCloncurry *y CENTRAL

, Eungella’e_ Mackay COAST

NORTHERN Ly

TERARTONSY sailed \ Pa

A 3

| Longreache Finaralets és Rockhampton

- Fitzroy River|

| \

| QUEENSLAND eundapergs i,

oO e Charleville SOUTH

eure | Bunya Mts\t COAST

: AUSTRALIA | Toowoombas, = \7_

\ Brigbane

Lo ety mace “teas, eet ees ft la:

wed

| NEW SOUTH WALES

State boundaries —- — — — — —

Division boundaries —:—:—--—:—-:~—--:--—-

Map 1. Queensland showing proposed regional hepatic divisions.

(a mn OO A eo Mw Moat ow Ha ic 4 Me Mo a ae i tl Wt atl tt UG I Kg 9 HMA HH

‘8 nnn smn nin nnn a Hw Ma oh Mo oc he AA A A A A cg

384

CHECKLIST AND DISTRIBUTION OF TAXA

Botanical Name Region

STH CNT NTH INL NOTES

JUNGERMANNIALES

Trichocoleaceae

1. Trichocolea Dumort.

T. pluma (Reinw., Blume & Nees) Mont. N

Jungermannia pluma Reinw., Blume & Nees

Lepidoziaceae

2. Lepidozia (Dumort.) Dumort.

L. eeni S. Arnell N t

L. laevifolia (J.D.Hook. & Tayl.) Tayl. S N

Jungermannia laevifolia J.D.Hook. & Tayl.

L. procera Mitt. N

L. sp. (Windolf 739, 1136) S

3. Kurzia von Martens

K. calcarata (Steph.) Grolle S t

Lepidozia calcarata Steph.

K. compacta (Steph.) Grolle S

Lepidozia compacta Steph.

K. hippurioides (J.D.Hook. & Tayl.) Grolle S

Jungermannia hippurioides J.D.Hook. & Tayl.

Lepidozia capillaris (Sw.) Lindenb.

K. lateconica (Steph.) Grolle N t

Lepidozia lateconica Steph.

Microlepidozia lateconica (Steph.) Fulf. & J.Tayl.

K. reversa (Carr. & Pears.) Grolle S

Lepidozia reversa Carr. & Pears.

Psiloclada reversa (Carr. & Pears.) Schiffn.

4. Telaranea Spr. ex Schiffn.

T. capilligera (Schwaegr.) Schust. S t (1)

Jungermannia capilligera Schwaegr.

Lepidozia capilligera (Schwaegr.) Lindenb.

T. centipes (Tayl.ex Gott., Lindenb. & Nees) Schust. S

Lepidozia centipes Tayl. ex Gott., Lindenb. & Nees

T. dispar (Mont.) Hodgs. S

Lepidozia dispar Mont.

(1) Possibly conspecific with Telaranea dispar (Scott 1985).

This content downloaded from 136.154.23.253 on Mon, 17 Jul 2023 00:40:35 +00:00

All use subject to https://about.jstor.org/terms

385

T. tetradactyla (J.D.Hook & Tayl.) Hodgs. N t (2)

Jungermannia tetradactyla J.D.Hook. & Tayl.

5. Bazzania S.F.Gray

B. accreta (Lehm. & Lindenb.) Trev. N (3)

Mastigobryum accretum Lehm. & Lindenb.

B. adnexa (Lehm. & Lindenb.) Trev. S C N (4)

Jungermannia adnexa Lehm. & Lindenb.

Mastigobryum novae-hollandiae Lindenb. & Gott.

ex Nees

B. baileyana (Steph.) Steph. ex Rodw. S

Mastigobryum baileyanum Steph.

B. filiformis Steph. N t

Mastigobryum filiforme (Steph.) Steph.

B. involuta (Mont.) Trev. S C N (5)

Herpetium involutum Mont.

B. mitten (Steph.) Steph. S N t

Mastigobryum mittenii Steph.

B. novae-zelandiae (Mitt.) Besch. & Massal. N t

Mastigobryum novae-zelandiae Mitt.

6. Acromastigum Evs.

A. colensoanum (Mitt.) Evs. ex Reim. N

Mastigobryum colensoanum Mitt.

7. Zoopsis (J.D.Hook. & Tayl.) J.D.Hook.

Z. argentea (J.D.Hook. & Tayl.) J.D.Hook. S C N

Jungermannia argentea J.D.Hook. & Tayl.

Cephalozia argentea (J.D.Hook & Tayl.) Lindenb.

Z. setulosa Leit. S N

Cephalozia setulosa (Leit.) Spr.

8. Hyalolepidozia S.Arnell

H. sp. aff. H. longiscypha (Tayl.) Grolle (Windolf 569,570) S$

Cephaloziellaceae

9. Cephaloziella (Spr.) Schiffn.

C. arctica Bryhn & Douin S

C. exiliflora (Tayl.) Douin S

Jungermannia exiliflora Tay)l.

C. hirta (Steph.) Schust. S

Cephalozia hirta Steph.

(2) Possibly a misidentification for Telaranea dispar but because of its great geographical separation from other

confirmed occurrences of that species, it has been retained here.

(3,4,5) All three species are possibly conspecific according to Scott (1985) but considering the poor understanding

. the genus in Australia, all names under which Queensland specimens have been recorded have been listed

ere.

This content downloaded from 136.154.23.253 on Mon, 17 Jul 2023 00:40:35 +00:00

All use subject to https://about.jstor.org/terms

386

Jackiellaceae

10. Jackiella Schifin.

J. javanica Schiffn.

Jungermanniaceae

11. Chandonanthus Mitt.

C, hirtellus (Web.) Mitt.

Jungermannia hirtella Web.

12. Anastrophyllum (Spr.) Steph.

A. piligerum (Reinw., Blume & Nees) Steph.

Jungermannia piligera Reinw., Blame & Nees

13. Andrewsianthus Schust.

A. puniceus (Nees) Schust.

Jungermannia punicea Nees

14. Cuspidatula Steph.

C. monodon (Tayl. ex Lehm.) Steph.

Jungermannia monodon Tayl. ex Lehm.

15. Jungermannia L.

J. hasskarliana (Nees) Steph.

Alicularia hasskarliana Nees

J. orbiculata (Col.) Grolle

Gymnomitrium orbiculatum Col.

Nardia fragilis Steph. ex Bailey

J. wattsiana Steph. S

Jungermannia karsteniana Beauv.

Jungermannia montana (Steph.) Steph.

Nardia montana Steph.

Plectocolea eenii S.Arnell

Solenostoma australe Steph.

16. Notoscyphus Mitt.

N. lutescens Schiffn.

Geocalycaceae

17. Lophocolea (Dumort.) Dumort.

L. biciliata (J.D.Hook. & Tayl.) Mitt. S

Jungermannia biciliata J.D.Hook. & Tayl.

L. semiteres (Lehm. & Lindenb.) Mitt. S

Jungermannia semiteres (Lehm. & Lindenb.) Mitt.

Lophocolea heterophylloides Nees

18. Chiloscyphus Corda

C. argutus (Reinw., Blume & Nees) Nees S

Jungermannia arguta Reinw., Blume & Nees

var. spathulifolius Steph. S

337

C. communis Steph. N t

C. fissistipus (J.D.Hook. & Tayl.) Tayl. S

Jungermannia fissistipa J.D.Hook. & Tayl.

C. triacanthus (J.D.Hook. & Tayl.) Steph. S

Lophocolea triacantha J.D.Hook. & Tayl.

Plagiochilaceae (6)

19. Plagiochila (Dumort.) Dumort.

P, abietina (Nees) Lindenb. N

Jungermannia abietina Nees

P. acutifolia Steph. N

P. arbuscula (Bridel ex Lehm. & Lindenb.) Lindenb. N

Jungermannia arbuscula Bridel ex Lehm. & Lindenb.

P. baileyana Steph. N

P. conturbata Steph.

P. bantamensis (Reinw., Blume & Nees) Lindenb. N

Jungermannia bantamensis Reinw., Blume & Nees

P, blepharophora (Nees) Nees N

Jungermannia blepharophora Nees

P. dendroides (Nees)Lindenb. N

Jungermannia dendroides Nees

P. fasciculata Lindenb. S N

P. fruticella (J.D.Hook. & Tayl.) J.D.Hook. & Tayl. S t

Jungermannia fruticella J.D.Hook. & Tayl.

P. dicksonti J.D.Hook. & Tayl.

P. furcata Steph. N

P. hicksit Inoue N

P. lyallii Mitt. S +

P. mittenii Steph. N +

P. obscura Col. N

P. obtusa Lindenb. N

P. pleurata (Tayl.) J.D.Hook. & Tayl. S

Jungermannia pleurata Tayl.

P. pseudobtusa Inoue N

P. queenslandica Steph. S N

P. bellenderiensis Steph.

P. multifurcata Steph.

P. teysmannii Sande Lac.

P. renitens (Nees) Nees N

Jungermannia renitens Nees

(6) The situation regarding several species of Plagiochila needs clarification but a thorough revision dealing

specifically with Queensland specimens would be required. The status of some species and their synonomy as

listed here may ultimately be modified.

388

P. semidilatata Inoue

P. sydneyensis Beauv.

P. trapezoidea Lindenb.

P. vitiensis Mitt.

P. brotheri Steph.

P. wattsu Steph. ex Rodw. S

20. Plagiochilion Hatt.

P. oppositus (Reinw., Blume & Nees) Hatt. N

Jungermannia opposita Reinw., Blume & Nees

424A z

Acrobolbaceae

21. Lethocolea Mitt.

L. squamata (Tayl.) Hodgs. S (7)

Podanthe squamata TYayl.

Noteroclada confluens auct. non J.D.Hook. & Tayl.;

Windolf (BRI).

22. Goebelobryum Grolle

G. unguiculatum (J.D.Hook. & Tayl.) Grolle S N

Jungermannia unguiculata J.D.Hook. & Tayl.

Goebelobryum grossitextum (Steph.) Grolle

Gymnanthe unguiculata (J.D.Hook. & Tayl.) Mitt.

schistochilaceae (8)

23. Schistochila Dumort.

S. baileyana Steph. N

S. brotheri Steph.

S. cristata Steph. N

br tis

Balantiopsidaceae

24. Balantiopsis Mitt.

B. diplophylla (J.D.Hook. & Tayl.) Mitt. N

Jungermannia diplophylla J.D.Hook. & Tay)l.

B. brotheri Steph.

Pleuroziaceae

25. Pleurozia Dumort.

P. articulata (Lindenb.) Schiffn. N

Physiotium articulatum Lindenb.

P. muelleri Steph. N

Physiotium muelleri Gott.

(7) Grolle (pers. comm.) asserts that Noteroclada does not occur in Australasia and so the numerous reports of

this species over the years are obviously misidentifications. Subsequent examination of numerous Queensland

specimens dating back to 1885, show that most, if not all, are in fact Lethocolea squamata.

(8) Practically nothing is known regarding Queensland species of Schistochila. Schuster and Engel’s revision of

Schistochila should help clarify most points when it 1s completed. All known binomials have been hsted.

389

Radulaceae

26. Radula Dumort.

R. acutiloba Steph. S N

R. buccinifera (J.D.Hook. & Tayl.) Tayl. S C N

Jungermannia buccinifera J.D.Hook. & Tayl.

R. mittentt Steph.

. hicksiae Yamada

. javanica Gott.

R. gottscheana Tayl.

. jovetiana Yamada

. kurzu Steph.

. multiflora Gott. ex Schiffn.

. novae-hollandiae Hampe S

. ocellata Yamada

patens Yamada

. reflexa Nees & Mont.

amma wW WW Dw

. retroflexa Tayl.

Z242AZA4A2A242ZzZS

var. fauciloba (Steph.) Yamada S

R. fauciloba Steph.

R. ventricosa Steph.

“nfs

Mastigophoraceae

27. Mastigophora Nees

M. diclados (Bridel ex Web.) Nees N

Jungermannia diclados Bridel ex Web.

Lepidolaenaceae

28. Lepidolaena Dumort.

L. sp. aff. L. taylorii (Gott.) Trev. N (9)

Polyotus taylorii (Gott.) Trev.

Polyotus sp. aff. P. taylorii (Gott.) Trev.

(F.M.Bailey BRI 332127)

Porellaceae

29. Porella L.

P. cranfordii (Steph.) Hatt. S N

Madotheca cranfordii Steph.

P. queenslandica (Steph.) Hatt. S

Madotheca stangeri Steph.

(9) Based on a single specimen collected last century by F.M. Bailey and now held in the Queensland Herbarium.

It is minute and in very poor condition but appears to be as determined, apparently by Stephani. In addition

Hattori (1979b) notes that the type of Frullania fissistipula Steph. (from Bellender Ker, North Queensland) is in

fact a species of Lepidoleana but he gives no further details.

390

Jubulaceae

30. Fruilania Raddi

F, allani Hodgs. S

F, apiculata (Reinw., Blume & Nees) Dum. var. parva

Hatt. N

. australis Steph.

. baileyana Steph. (10}

. cataractarum Steph.

. crassitexta Steph.

. dietrichiana Steph.

. difficilis Steph.

. ericoides (Nees) Mont.

Jungermannia ericoides Nees

nm a mm Mm

AMAA N DAN

F. squarrosa (Reinw., Blume & Nees) Nees

F. exigua: Steph. S t (11)

F, falciloba Tayl. ex Lehm. Ss Cc

F. forsythiana Steph.

F. ferdinandi-muelleri Steph. S

F. flexuosa Hatt. C

F. fugax (J.D.Hook. & Tayl.) Tayl. S + (12)

Jungermannia fugax J.D.Hook. & Tayl.

F, hicksiae Hatt. N

F, johnsonii Steph. N

F. hasskarliana Lindenb. subsp. gueenslandica Hatt.

F. monocera (J.D.Hook. & Tayl.) Tayl. S N

Jungermannia monocera J.D.Hook. & Tayl.

var. depauperata Hatt. S

F,. hampeana Nees

F, neosheana Hatt. N

F, nodulosa (Reinw., Blume & Nees) Nees N

Jungermannia nodulosa Reinw., Blume & Nees

var. plana Schifin. N £

F, pentapleura Tayl. S

F, probosciphora Tayl. S $ (13)

F. reptans Mitt.

(10) Possibly conspecific with Frullania yorkiana (Hattori 1979b, 1984).

(11) Frullania exigua is almost certain to be a misidentification but as no specimen has ever been found which

equates with the report made by Bailey in 1890 it is impossible to say what the species in fact was.

(12) Bailey’s record of Frullania fugax in Queensland (1888) seems to be based on a specimen that is very similar

to the one that was later (1910) described by Stephani as Frullania baileyana but the point needs further study.

(13) The status of Frullania probosciphora-F. reptans synonomy and the occurance of the species in Queensland

IS uncertain.

391

F. queenslandica Steph.

F, rostrata (J.D.Hook. & Tayl.) J.D.Hook. & Tayl. S

Jungermannia rostrata J.D.Hook. & Tayl.

F. rubella Gott. ex Steph. S

F. filipendra Steph.

var. elongata (Steph.) Hatt. S

F. elongata Steph.

, seriata Gott. ex Steph. S

. serrata Gott.

F. sheana Hatt.

F. simmondsi Steph. S

F. spinifera Tay]. S

. squarrosula (J.D.Hook. & Tayl.) Tayl. S

Jungermannia squarrosula J.D.Hook. & Tayl.

F, subhampeana Hodes. S

F. subtropica Steph. S

F, ternatensis Gott. var. non-appendiculata Hatt.

F, wildi Steph. S

F, yorkiana Steph. ,

F. sp. aff. F. ciate Tayl. (Windolf 681,682,910,

941,960

F. sp. 1. (Windolf 243,250,252) S

F. sp. 2. (Windolf 700,701,702) S

Lejeuneaceae

31. Brachiolejeunea (Spr.) Steph.

B. eavesiana (Gott. & Muell.) Steph.

Phragmicoma eavesiana Gott. & Mueil.

B. thozetiana (Gott. & Muell.) Steph. S

Phragmicoma thozetiana Gott. & Muell.

32. Caudalejeunea Steph.

C. reniloba (Gott.) Steph.

Phragmicoma reniloba Gott.

33. Mastigolejeunea (Spr.) Steph.

M. humilis (Gott.) Steph.

Phragmicoma humilis Gott.

M. integrifolius Steph.

(14) Several undescribed species of Fru//ania appear to exist in southern Queensland but so far no fertile material

has been collected.

(15) Australian Lejeuneaceae is currently being revised by Dr. Barbara Thiers and this list should be used only

as an interim measure.

(16) Possibly conspecific with Spruceanthus semirepandus (Thiers pers. comm.).

(14)

SE a

CCDC: DOM ane Ebb Dean cicot CCR EC nC. REGO Eby

392

M. ligulata (Lehm. & Lindenb.) Schifin. N

Phragmicoma ligulata Lehm. & Lindenb.

M. phaea Gott. ex Steph. S N

34. Lopholejeunea (Spr.) Schiffn.

L. australis Steph. S

L. eulopha (Tayl.) Steph. S N

Lejeunea eulopha Tayl.

Lopholejeunea fimbriata (Gott.) Schiffn.

L. hispidissima Steph. S

L. loheri Steph. N

L. nigricans (Lindenb.) Schiffn. N

Lejeunea nigricans Lindenb.

L. plicatiscypha (J.D.Hook. & Tayl.) Steph. N

Phragmicoma plicatiscypha J.D.Hook. & Tayl.

L. subfusca (Nees) Schiffn. S N

Jungermannia subfusca Nees

35. Acrolejeunea (Spr.) Steph.

A. arcuata (Nees) Grolle & Grad. N

Jungermannia arcuata Nees

A. aulacophora (Mont.) Steph. S C N

Phragmicoma aulacophora Mont.

A. pycnoclada (Tayl.) Schiffn. S N

Ptychanthus pycnoclada Tay)l.

A. securifolia (Nees) Watts ex Steph. S

Jungermannia securifolia Nees

A. wildii Steph.

Ptychocoleus parvus Steph.

36. Schiffneriolejeunea Verd.

S. cumingiana (Mont.) Grad. N

Phragmicoma cumingiana Mont.

Ptychocoleus cumingianus Steph.

Ptychocoleus novae-guineae (Steph.) Steph.

Acrolejeunea novae-guineae Steph.

S. tumida (Nees) Grad. var. haskarliana (Gott.) Grad. S C N

Phragmicoma haskarliana Gott.

S. haskarliana (Gott.) Grad.

37. Archilejeunea (Spr.) Schiffn.

A. mariana (Gott.) Steph. N

Lejeunea mariana Gott.

A. olivacea (J.D.Hook. & Tayl.) Steph. S N

Jungermannia olivacea J.D.Hook. & Tayl.

A. scutellata (Tayl.) Steph.

This content downloaded from 136.154.22.73 on Wed, 12 Jul 2023 00:10:07 +00:00

All use subject to https://about.jstor.org/terms

393

38. Thysananthus Lindenb.

T. convolutus Lindenb. N

T. fruticosus (Lindenb. & Gott.) Steph. N

Bryopteris fruticosa Lindenb. & Gott.

T. planus Sande Lac. S N

T. spathulistipus (Reinw., Blume & Nees) Lindenb. S N

Jungermannia spathulistipa Reinw., Blume & Nees

39. Spruceanthus Verd.

S. polymorphus (Sande Lac.) Verd. N

Lejeunea polymorpha Sande Lac.

S. semirepandus (Nees) Verd. S N

Jungermannia semirepanda Nees

40. Stictolejeunea (Spr.) Schifin.

S. richardi Verd. N

41. Ptychanthus Nees

P. stephensonianus (Mitt.) Steph. N

Lejeunea stephensonianus Mitt.

Ptycholejeunea stephensonianus Mitt.

P. striatus (Lehm. & Lindenb.) Nees N

Jungermannia striata Lehm. & Lindenb.

P. squarrosus Mont. ex Lehm. N

42. Ceratolejeunea (Spr.) Schiffn.

C. oceanica (Mitt.) Steph. N

Lejeunea oceanica Mitt.

43. Cheilolejeunea (Spr.) Schiffn.

C. ceylanica (Gott.) Kachroo & Schust. N

Lejeunea ceylanica Gott.

C. falsinervis (Sande Lac.) Kachroo & Schust. S

Lejeunea falsinervis Sande Lac.

C. intertexta (Lindenb.) Steph. S N

Lejeunea intertexta Lindenb.

C. longidens (Steph.) Kachroo & Schust. S N

Pycnolejeunea longidens Steph.

C. mimosa (J.D.Hook. & Tayl.) Schust. S N

Jungermannia mimosa J.D.Hook. & Tayl.

C. serpentina (Mitt.) Mizut. N

Lejeunea serpentina Mitt.

C. trifaria (Reinw., Blume & Nees) Mizut. S N

Jungermannia trifaria Reinw., Blume & Nees

Euosmolejeunea baileyana Steph.

This content downloaded from 136.154.22.73 on Wed, 12 Jul 2023 00:10:07 +00:00

All use subject to https://about.jstor.org/terms

394

C. vittata (Steph. ex Hoftm.) Schust. S N

Pycnolejeunea vittata Steph. ex Hofim.

44. Pycnolejeunea (Spr.) Schifin.

P. grandiocellata Steph. N

45, Lejeunea Libert

L. apiculata Sande Lac. S N

L. armitiu (Steph.) Steph. S £

Eulejeunea armitii Steph.

L. caespitosa Lindenb. S N t

L. cucullata (Reinw., Blume & Nees) Nees S N

Jungermannia cucullata Reinw., Blume & Nees

L. cuspidistipula (Steph.) Steph. S N

Eulejeunea cuspidistipula Steph.

L. discreta Lindenb. S N

L. drummondii Tayl. S

L. tumida Mitt.

L. exilis (Reinw., Blume & Nees) Grolle N

Jungermannia exilis Reinw., Blume & Nees

L. flava (Sw.) Nees subsp. orientalis Schust. S C N (17)

Eulejeunea flava (Sw.) Steph.

L. herzogii Mizut. N

L. punctiformis Tayl. S

L. sordida Nees N

Hygrolejeunea sacculifera Steph.

46. Harpalejeunea (Spr.) Schifin.

H. filicuspis (Steph.) Muzut. S N

Drepanolejeunea filicuspis Steph.

47. Leucolejeunea Evs.

L, xanthocarpa (Lehm. & Lindenb.) Evs. N

Jungermannia xanthocarpa Lehm. & Lindenb.

48. Drepanolejeunea (Spr.) Schiffn.

D. angustifolia (Mitt.) Grolle N

Lejeunea angustifolia Mitt.

D. levicornua Steph. N

D. micholitzii Steph. var. micholitz1i N t

D. micholitzii Steph. var. genuina Herz.

D. obliqua Steph. N +

D. tenuis (Nees) Steph. N t

Lejeunea tenuis Nees

(17) All specimens of Lejeunea flava are here considered as L. flava subsp. orientalis. Whether other subspecies

or varieties exist in Queensiand is not known at this stage.

395

D. ternatensis (Gott.) Steph. S N

Lejeunea ternatensis Gott.

D. vesiculosa (Mitt.) Steph. S

Lejeunea yvesiculosa Mitt.

49. Leptolejeunea (Spr.) Schiffn.

L. denticulata Steph. N t

L. epiphylla (Mitt.) Steph. N

Lejeunea epiphylla Mitt.

L. maculata (Mitt.) Schifin. S N

Lejeunea maculata Mitt.

50. Colura (Dumort.) Dumort.

C. australiensis Jovet N

C. bisvoluta Herz. & Jovet S

C. herzogi Jovet-Ash. N

51. Cololejeunea (Spr.) Schifin.

C. amphibolus Thiers N

C. floccosa (Lehm. & Lindenb.) Steph. N

Jungermannia floccosa Lehm. & Lindenb.

C. leonidens Benedix N

C. mamillata (Aongst.) Hodgs. S

Lejeunea mamillata Aongst.

C. maritima Tixier S C N (18}

C. minutissima (Sm.) Schiffn. S

Jungermannia minutissima Sm.

C. trichomanis (Gott.) Steph. N

Lejeunea trichomanis Gott.

Physocolea trichomanis (Gott.) Steph.

C. wighti Steph. S

METZGERIALES

Fossombroniaceae

52. Fossombronia Raddi

F, papillata Steph. S N

Pallaviciniaceae

53. Pallavicinia S.F.Gray

P. lyellit (Hook.) S.F.Gray S C

Jungermannia lyellii Hook.

Steetzia lyellii (Hook.) Lehm.

(18) There is considerable variation between specimens from northern and southern regions and there could well

be more than one species involved.

396

54. Symphyogyna Nees

S. irregularis Steph.

S. podophylla (Thunb.) Mont. & Nees

Jungermannia podophylla Thunb.

Symphyogyna obovata (J.D.Hook. & Tayl.) Nees

S. pulchra Tayl.

Hymenophytaceae

55. Hymenophyton Dumort.

H. flabellatum (Labill.) Dumort. ex Trev.

Jungermannia flabellata Labull.

Symphyogyna flabellata (Labill.) Mont.

Aneuraceae

56. Aneura Dumortt.

A. athertonensis Hewson

A. eachamensis Hewson

57. Riccardia S.F.Gray

R. babindae Hewson

R. bipinnatifida (Col.) Hewson

Aneura bipinnatifida Col.

R. bhklika Hewson

R. crassa (Schwaegr.) Carr. & Pears.

Jungermannia crassa Schwaegr.

Aneura stolonifera Steph.

R, hypipamensis Hewson

R. macdonaldiana Hewson

R. rupicola (Steph.) Hewson

Aneura rupicola Steph.

R. wattsiana (Steph.) Hewson

Aneura wattsiana Steph.

Metzgeriaceae

58. Metzgeria Raddi

M. australis Steph.

M. conyugata Lindb.

M. decipiens (Massal.) Schiftn. & Gott.

M. furcata (L.) Dumort. var. decipiens Massal.

M. furcata (L.) Dumort.

Jungermannia furcata L.

M. leptoneura Spr.

Metzgeria hamata Lindb.

M. saccata Mitt.

Austrometzgeria saccata (Mitt.) Kuwahara

tr +

397

MARCHANTIALES

Targioniaceae

59, Targionia L.

T. hypophylia L.

Lunulariaceae

60. Lunularia Adanson

L. cruciata (L.) Dumort.

Marchantia cruciata L.

L. vulgaris Micheli ex Raddi

Aytoniaceae

61. Reboulia Raddi

R. hemisphaerica (L.) Raddi

Marchantia hemisphaerica L.

Asterella hemisphaerica (L.) Beauv.

Plagiochasma queenslandicum Steph.

62. Plagiochasma Lehm. & Lindenb.

P, rupestre (Forst.) Steph.

Aytonia rupestre Forst.

P. australe Nees

63. Asterella Beauv.

A. australis (J.D.Hook. & Tayl.) Verd.

Fimbriaria australis J.D.Hook. & Tayl.

A. conocephala (Steph.) Schust.

Fimbriaria conocephala Steph.

A. drummondi (J.D.Hook. & Tayl.) Schust.

Fimbriaria drummondii J.D.Hook. & Tayl.

A. whiteleggeana (Steph.) Schust.

Fimbriaria whiteleggeana Steph.

Marchantiaceae

64. Marchantia L.

M. berteroana Lehm. & Lindenb.

Marchantia tabularis Nees

M. foliacea Mitt.

Marchantia pallida Steph.

Marchantia pileatea Mitt.

M. polymorpha L.

(19)

(19) The first authenticated record of Marchantia polymorpha from mainland Australia was not made until 1986

{at Buderim, Queensland) although the taxon had been previously collected from the Bass Strait islands and

Tasmania (Scott 1985, Scott & Bradshaw 1986). Cited occurrences of M. polymorpha over the years had invariably

turned out to be Marchantia berteroana. M. polymorpha originated from Europe but is now considered a

cosmopolitan species. The Queensland specimens appear to be M. polymorpha var. aquatica Nees but this is not

yet confirmed.

398

65. Dumortiera Nees

D. hirsuta (Sw.) Nees N

Marchantia hirsuta Sw.

Ricciaceae

66. Riccia L.

R. cartilaginosa Steph. S I (20)

R. marginata Carr. & Pears.

R. collata Na-T halang I

R. multifida (Steph.) Steph. S N

Ricciella multifida Steph.

Riccia burnettensis Steph.

R. muscicola Steph. I

Ricciella muscicola (Steph.) Steph.

R. vesiculosa (Carr. & Pears.) Steph. S t

Ricciella bullosa Link. var. vesiculosa Carr. & Pears.

67. Ricciocarpus Corda

R. natans (L.) Corda S C I

Riccia natans L.

(20) There is some confusion regarding Riccia cartilaginosa ~ R. marginata synonomy (Na-Thaland 1980, Scott

& Bradshaw 1986). The originally recorded binomial has been retained here.

ALPHABETICAL INDEX OF GENERA

399

Acrolejeunea 35 Leptolejeunea 49

Acromastigum 6 Lethocolea 21

Anastrophyllum 12 Leucolejeunea 47

Andrewsianthus 13. Lophocolea 17

Aneura 56 Lopholejeunea 34

Archilejeunea 37 ~Lunulania 60

Asterella 63

Marchantia 64

Ballantiopsis 24 Mastigolejeunea 33

Bazzania 5 Mastigophora 27

Brachiolejeunea 31 Metzgeria 58

Caudalejeunea 32 Notoscyphus 16

Cephaloziella 9

Ceratolejeunea 42 Pallavicinia 53

Chandonanthus 11 Plagiochasma 62

Cheilolejeunea 43 Plagiochila 19

Chiloscyphus 18 Plagiochilion 20

Cololejeunea 51 Pleurozia 25

Colura 50 ~=—Porella 29

Cuspidatula 14 Ptychanthus 4]

Pycnolejeunea 44

Drepanolejeunea _ 48

Dumortiera 65 Radula 26

Reboulia 61

Fossombronia 52 Ruiccardia 57

Frullania 30 = Ricca 66

Ricciocarpus 67

Goebelobryum 22

Schiffneriolejeunea 36

Harpalejeunea 46 Schistochila 23

Hyalolepidozia 8 Spruceanthus 39

Hymenophyton 55 Stictolejeunea 40

Symphyogyna 54

Jackiella 10

Jungermannia 15 Targionia 59

Telaranea 4

Kurzia 3 Thysananthus 38

Trichocolea I

Lejeunea 45

Lepidoleana 28 Zoopsis if

Lepidozia 2

APPENDIX A

Literature used in Compiling the Checklist

BAILEY, F.M. (1883). A Synopsis of the Queensland Fiora; containing both the Phaenogamous and Cryptogamous

Plants: 724-740. Brisbane: Government Printer.

BAILEY, F.M. (1886). A Synopsis of the Queensland Flora; containing both the Phaenogamous and Cryptogamous

Plants. First Supplement: 65-70. Brisbane: Government Printer.

BAILEY, F.M. (1888). A Synopsis of the Queensiand Flora; containing both the Phaenogamous and Cryptogamous

Plants. Second Supplement: 67-78. Brisbane: Government Printer.

400

BAILEY, F.M. (1890). A Synopsis of the Queensland Flora; containing both the Phaenogamous and Cryptogamous

Plants. Third Supplement: 94-104. Brisbane: Government Printer.

BAILEY, rs (1891). Contributions to the Queensland Flora. Queensiand Dept. Agric. Bull. No. 13. Bot. Bull.

No. 4: 2.

BAILEY, see (1892). Contributions to the Queensland Flora. Queensland Dept. Agric. Bull. No. 18. Bot. Bull.

No. 5: 30,

BAILEY, FM. (1893). Contributions to the Queensland Flora. Queensland Dept. Agric. Bot. Bull. No. 8: 87-91.

BAILEY, F.M. (1896). Contributions to the Queensland Flora. Queensland Dept. Agric. Bot. Bull. No. 13: 17-19.

BAILEY, F.M. (1913). Comprehensive Catalogue of Queensland Plants: 656-678. Brisbane: Government Printer.

GROLLE, R. (1982). Ubersicht der Lejeuneaceae in Tasmanien. Wiss. Z. Friedrich-Schiller Univ. Jena, Math.-

Naturwiss. Rethe 31: 207-227.

GWYTHER, C.J. (1895). Botanising on the southern border. Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Queensland. 1: 35-38.

HATTORI, S. (1979a). A revision of the Australasian species of the genus Frullania, Hepaticae, I. J. Hattori Bot.

Lab. 4§: 323-363.

HATTORI, S. (1979b). A revision of the Australian species of the genus Fru//lania, Hepaticae, II. J. Hattori Bot.

Lab. 46: 119-153.

HATTORI, S. (1983). A revision of the Australian species of the genus Frud/lania, Hepaticae, I. J. Hattori Bot.

Lab, 54: 133-182.

HATTORI, S. (1984). Dr. Marie L. Hicks’ Friudfania collection made tn Northern Queensland. Cryptogamie,

Bryo. Lichenol. §: 177-189.

HEWSON, H.J. (1969). The family Aneuraceae in Australia and New Guinea. I. The genus Aneura. Proc. Linn.

Soc. New South Wales 94: 173-193.

HEWSON, H.J. (1970). The family Aneuraceae in Australia and New Guinea. II]. The genus Riccardia. Proc.

Linn. Soc. New South Wales 95: 60-121.

INOUE, H. (1986). Notes on the Plagiochilaceae XUI. Review of the genus Plagiochila (Dum.)} Dum. in mainland

Australia. J. Hattori Bot. Lab. 60; 357-378.

NA-THALANG, O. (1980). A revision of the genus Riccia (Hepaticae) in Australia. Brunonia 3: 61-140.

SCOTT, G.A.M. (1985). Southern Australian Liverworts. Canberra: Australian Government Publishing Service.

SCOTT, G.A.M. & BRADSHAW, J.A. (1986). Australian Liverworts (Hepaticae): Annotated List of Binomials

and Check-list of Published Species with Bibliography. Brunonia 8: 1~171.

SCHUSTER, R.M. (1979). The Phylogeny of the Hepaticae. In G.S.C. Clark and J.G. Duckett (eds.), Bryophyte

Systematics: 71-82. London: Academic Press.

SCHUSTER, R.M. (1984). Evolution, Phylogeny and Classifcation of the Hepaticae. In R.M.Schuster (ed.), New

Manual of Bryology. Vol. 2: 892-1070. Nichinan, Miyazaki: The Hattori Botanical Laboratory.

SHIRLEY, J. (1888). Field Naturalists’ excursion to Caboolture, September 22nd and 23rd 1888. Proc. Roy. Soc.

Queensland 5: 142.

SIMMONDS, J.H. (1888a). Field Naturalists’ excursion to Woolston. Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 5: 178.

SIMMONDS, J.H. (1888b). Excursion of Field Naturalists’ section to Brookfield, Dec. 10th 1888. Proc. Roy. Sac.

Queensland 6: 69.

STEPHANL F. ({1898-]1900-1924). Species Hepaticarum. Vols. 1-5, George & Cie, Geneva & Basel (1900-1917);

Vol. 6, Jent, Geneva & Basel (1924).

VANA, J. (1973). Lebermoose aus Neuguinea. J. Hattori Bot. Lab. 37: 185-190.

WILD, C.J. (1888a). Notes on the Queensland Hepaticae. Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 5: 120.

WILD, C.J. (1888b). Bryological notes. Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 5: 148-150.

WILD, C.J. (1889). Bryological notes. Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 6: 76-79.

WINDOLEF, J. (1985a). Checklist of the Bryophyta of Mt. Coolum. Queensland Naturalist 25: 76-77.

WINDOLF, J. (1985b). Survey of the Hepaticae and Anthocerotae of the Sunshine Coast Region, Queensland.

J. Hattori Bot. Lab. 59: 171-176.

YAMADA, K. (1979). A revision of the Asian taxa of Radu/a, Hepaticae. J. Hattori Bot, Lab. 45: 201-322.

YAMADA, K. (1980). Notes on Radula ocellata Yamada. Misc. Bryol. Lichenol. 8: 178-180.

YAMADA, K. (1984). A Raduila collection made by Dr. Marie L. Hicks in Queensland, Australia. Cryptogamnie,

Bryol. Lichenol. 5: 191-199.

401

Austrobaileya 2(4): 401-404 (1987)

STUDIES ON THE AUSTRALASIAN ASCLEPIADACEAE, II*

A NEW COMBINATION IN GYMNEMA R.BR.

P.I. Forster

Botany Department, University of Queensland, St Lucia, Qld 4067

Summary

The new combination Gymnema dunnit based on Marsdenia rostrata R.Br. var. dunnii Maiden & Betche is made.

The species is described and illustrated with notes given on distribution, habitat and conservation status.

During studies of the Australian Asclepiadaceae, 1t became evident that material

originally described as Marsdenia rostrata R.Br. var. dunnii Maiden & Betche was

referable to the genus Gymnema. While there is some superficial vegetative similarity

to Marsdenia rostrata, the floral characters of this taxon are those of Gymnema both in

the narrow sense of Huber (1983) and the broader concept favoured by Schiechter (1914).

This incorrect generic placement has been recognised by several workers (Jacobs

& Pickard 1981, Willams & Harden 1981, Stanley & Ross 1986) but no attempt has

been made to effect the necessary transfer. Hence, the following new combination and

change of status is made.

Gymnema dunnii (Maiden & Betche) P.Forster, comb. et stat. nov.

Marsdenia rostrata var. dunnii Maiden & Betche, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales

31: 736 (1906). Type: New South Wales: Acacia Creek, McPherson Range, Dec

1905, J.L.Dunn (holo: NSW; iso: BRI AQ333081). In the original description of

Marsdenia rostrata var. dunnii, Maiden & Betche (1906) incorrectly cite the type

as ‘Mrs. J.L. Dunew’.

Woody vine. Stems puberulent, twining, 1-1.5 cm thick; with coarsely fissured bark,

corky, grey-brown, dark-brown when cut; with white latex. Leaves ovate, oblong-ovate

to oblong-elliptic, apex acute to acuminate. base obtuse to cuneate, 2.5—8 cm long,

1.3~—10.5 cm wide, yellowish-green to green above, paler beneath, finely puberulous on

both surfaces with lateral and reticulate venation more prominent on abaxial surface.

Petioles 0.6-4 cm long; 5-9 extra-floral nectaries present at midrib base of lamina.

Stipules at either side of petiole base. Inflorescence an extra-axillary umbel with up to

7 flowers, 1(2) umbels per node; peduncles 0.3-1.2 cm long; pedicels 2-5 mm long, finely

pubescent. Calyx 1.5~2 mm long, subacute to oblong, lobed from 1/2 to 3/4 length,

sparsely pubescent externally. Corolla convolute; lobes acute to oblong, reflexed at

anthesis, glabrous outside, sparsely shortly pubescent inside, 2-2.5 mm long; tube 2-2.5

mm long, shortly pubescent inside; corolline corona of thickened ridges running longi-

tudinally down tube and alternate with lobes, densely pubescent on edges. Staminal

column 2~2.5 mm long; corona consisting of small discrete tubercles at base; anthers

with membranous tip, anther groove 0.9—1.1 mm long. Ovaries glabrous: stigma conical,

2-2.5 mm longer than staminal column. Pollinium ascending, without pellucid margin,

oblong, golden, ca 140-150 um long. Translator dark brown, ca 100 um long. Caudicle

without wings, ca 47 um long. Follicles fusiform, 5-6 cm long. Seed light-brown, 7-8

mm iong, 2-3 mm wide; coma white, 15-20 mm long. Fig. 1.

309, Enoggera, Aug 1972, ay 961 (BRD; Upper Brookfield, Jan’ 1978, Jessup 56 (BRI); Burleigh Heads

National Park, Jul 1978, McDonald et al. 2202 (BRI,CANB); Worlds End Pocket, Nov 1981, Bird AQ347176

(BRI); 11 km from Croftby on White Swamp to Boonah Border Gate road, Jan 1986, Forster & Bird 2285 (BRI).

New South Wales. NORTH COAST: Casino, May 1912, McAuliffe 8 (BRI,NSW), Unumgar State Forest on Mt

*Continued from Nuytsia 6(2) (in press)

402

Het iy

om +

wee

Stet te

zeus zit et pss,"

«*

a”

Pe i cP

”

‘

tat a bats tach

ey =

= *« ind i

ropes

HH me

gee LAS Hawt e

“

Pir a ahi ae ell

hee BM,

Set

Naas

bar

tq om

“

enn

gt a

]

«ua +a

par rae te eebae

“

‘

“ans

j “

“f

‘

+ ry

Fig. 1. Gypminema dunnii: A. flowering twig X 1 1/3. B. leaves X 2. C. edge of leaf, showing hairs which cover

entire plant (arrow points towards leaf tip} X 60. D. node, showing extra-axillary origin of inflorescence, and

stipules at either side of petiole blades X 7. E. calyx, showing ovaries after removal of corolla x 13. F. flower,

side view X 13. G, flower, apical view showing hairs mnside tube < 13. H. transverse section of corolla showing

hairy corolline corona (small dark oval in centre indicates scale and position of a translator of the pollinarium,

ia in ee bt the gynostegium) X 13. J. gynostegium xX 20. K. pollinarium = 75. All from material in spirit

or Forster :

403

Lindesay Hwy, between Mt Lindesay & Kyogle, Feb 1975, Moriarty 1646 (BRI); Glenugie Peak, near Grafton,

1964, Hayes NSW 181360 (NSW); Lismore, Nov 1894, Bauerlen 1401 (NSW); Mt Danger, NW of Sandy Hollow,

Aug 1966, Rodd 345 (NSW). NORTHERN TABLELANDS: Acacia Ck, undated, W. Dunn 260 (BRI,NSW). CENTRAL

WESTERN SLOPES: Bushy Hill, beside Glenbawn Dam, near Scone, Dec 1962, Williams 1052 (BRI), 1208 (NSW);

Mt Dongal, Nov 1973, Webster & McGillivray 19050 (NSW), 2 miles [3.2 km] SE of Scone Experimental Stn,

Mar 1960, Story 7068 (CANB,NSW). Map 1.

Habitat: Gymnema dunnii occurs primarily in semi-evergreen vine thickets or araucarian

microphyll and notophyll vine forests (dry deciduous rainforests) on a variety of rock

types from 200-700 m altitude. Plants are usually infrequent at the localities visited,

usually consisting of up to a dozen large clumps (although the population 2.5 km SSW

of Gladfield was extensive). The vegetation communities are usually open with high light

levels and it is uncommon to encounter juveniles in heavily shaded conditions. Often

the species may be found associated with other Asclepiadaceae such as Sarcostemma

australe R.Br., Secamone elliptica R.Br., Gymnema micradenium Benth., Marsdenia

leptophylla F.Muell. ex Benth. and species of Parsonsia (Apocynaceae).

Conservation status: Given the destruction of much of the dry deciduous rainforest

communities in Queensland and north-eastern New South Wales, it may be assumed

that the distribution of G. dunnii is less extensive than in the past. The localities visited

were usually regrowth remnants and unlikely to survive in the long-term. While it has

been recorded from at least one conservation reserve, there does not appear to be an

adequate representation throughout the species range. The plant 1s inconspicuous and

when sterile unlikely to be collected and probably occurs at other sites within the range

indicated. At this stage G. dunnii should not be considered endangered.

Acknowledgments

I wish to thank Mr. K.Harold of West Yorkshire, England for providing Fig. 1.,

Mr. L.H.Bird of Bundamba, Ipswich for material of the species, Mr. P.D.Bostock, Botany

Dept., University of Queensland for reading the manuscript, Mr L.Pedley for arranging

the loan of material and the Directors of the Queensland Herbarium and National

Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, Sydney, for access to material.

References

HUBER, H. (1983). Asclepiadaceae. In M.D. Dassanayake & F.R. Fosberg (eds.), A Revised Handbook to the

Flora of Ceylon. 4: 73-122. New Delhi: Amerind Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd.

JACOBS, S.W.L. & PICKARD, J. (1981). Plants of New South Wales. Sydney: Government Printer.

MAIDEN, J.H. & BETCHE, E. (1906). Notes from the Botanic Gardens, Sydney. No. 12. Proceedings of the

Linnean Society of New South Wales 31: 731-742.

SCHLECHTER, R. Waa Die Asclepiadaceen von Deutsch-Neu-Guinea. Botanische Jahrbucher fur Systematik,

Pflanzengeschichte und Pflanzengeographie 50: 81-164.

STANLEY, T.D. & ROSS, E.M. (1986). Flora of South-eastern Queensland Vol. 2: 316. Brisbane: Queensland

Dept. Prim. Ind.

WILLIAMS, J.B. & HARDEN, G. (1981). Rainforest Climbing Plants. Armidale: University of New England.

404

Map. 1. Distribution of Gymnema dunnii based on holdings at the Queensland Herbarium.

405

Austrobaileya 2(4): 405-407 (1987)

THREE NEW SPECIES OF BONAMTIA THOUVARS

(CONVOLVULACEAE) FROM CENTRAL AUSTRALIA

R.W. Johnson

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068

Summary

Three species, Bonamia alatisemina, B. deserticola and B. erecta are described as new.

In the first edition of the Flora of Central Australia (Jessop 1981), two taxa were

described, Bonamia sp. aff. B. linearis and B. sp. aff. B. oblongifolia, which appeared at

the time to be worthy of specific rank. Further studies and the availability of more

recent collections have confirmed this opinion. In addition, a third species included

under B. rosea in the Flora is described as new.

Bonamia alatisemina R.W. Johnson, sp. nov. affinis B. /ineari (R.Br.) H. Hallier, sed

petiolis brevioribus, foluis angustioribus et seminibus anguste alatis. Typus: West-

ern Australia: McLarty Hills, Great Sandy Desert, 8 Aug 1977, A.S. George 14727

(holo: PERTH; iso: BRI).

Planta perennis. Caules repentes, modice ad dense piliferi; pili bifurcati, brachiis appressis.

Folia simplicia; lamina linearis ad peranguste ovata, acuta, basi angustata, 1.5-4 cm

longa, 1.5-2.5 mm lata; petiolus minus quam 1.5 mm longus. Inflorescentia axillaris;

pedunculus usque ad 1.5 mm longus, 1-florus; bracteolae oppositae, lineares, acutae, 1-3

mm longae, persistentes; pedicellus 3-6.5 mm longus. Sepala exteriora ovata ad ovato-

elliptica, acuta vel vix obtusa, basi rotundata, 5-7.5 mm longa, 2.5~3.5 mm lata; interiora

ovata ad ovato-acuminata, amplitudinis similaris. Corolla infundibuliformis, erubescens,

ca 10 mm longa, limbus ca 13 mm latus, taeniis meso-petalinis sericeis. Stamina S,

filamenta inaequalia, 3-4 mm longa, 4.5-5 mm supra basin corollae inserta. Ovarium

ellipsoideum, 2-loculare; styli 2, 8-9 mm longi, 2 mm in parte inferiore connati, uterque

stigmate globulari. Capsula ovoidea, basi styli persistenti, glabra vel ad apicem pilis

paucis, 2-locularis, ca 6 mm alta. Semina 4, laevia, alis angustis, 2.5-3 mm longa.

Perennial plant with trailing branches, moderately to densely hairy; hairs biramous with

appressed arms. Leaves simple; blade linear to very narrowly ovate, acute, tapering at

the base, 1.5-4 cm long, 1.5-2.5 mm broad; petiole less than 1.5 mm long. Inflorescence

eee, ‘peduncle up to 1.5 mm long, bearing | flower; bracteoles opposite, linear, acute,

1-3 mm long, persistent at fruiting; pedicel 3-6.5 mm long. Outer sepals ovate to ovate-

elliptic, acute or barely obtuse, rounded at the base, 5~-7.5 mm long, 2.5-3.5 mm broad;

inner sepals ovate to ovate-acuminate of similar size. Corolla funnel-shaped, pale pink,

ca 10 mm long, limb ca 13 mm broad, with hairy mid-petaline bands. Stamens 5;

hlaments unequal in length, 3-4 mm long, affixed 4.5-5 mm above the base of the

corolla. Ovary ellipsoid, 2-locular; styles 2, 8-9 mm long, fused in the lower 2 mm, each

with a globular stigma. Capsule ovoid with a persistent style base, glabrous or with a

few hairs at the apex, 2-locular, ca 6 mm tall. Seeds 4, smooth, with a narrow wing,

2.5-3 min long.

Selected Specimens. Western Australia. McLarty Hills, Great Sandy Desert, Aug 1977, George 14727 (PERTH,BRD,

Anketell Ridge, Great Sandy Desert, May 1979, Mitchell 1122 (NT), Mitchell 1141 (NT). Northern Territory.

The Granites tenements, Tanami Desert, Dec 1984. Kalotas 1691 (NT).

Distribution: An Australian endemic species, known only from the Great Sandy Desert

in Western Australia and the Tanami Desert in the Northern Territory.

Ecology: It grows on sand plains.

Flowering and Fruiting: It flowers in the spring and early summer with fruit being

produced into the late summer and autumn.

406

Affinities: It resembles most closely Bonamia linearis which is a mainly coastal and

subcoastal species found across northern Australia from the Kimberley to Cape York

Peninsula. It differs from 8B. /inearis in having winged seeds and narrower leaves with

shorter petioles.

Bonamia deserticola R.W. Johnson, sp. nov. afhnis B. oblongifoliae Myint, sed pedicellis

longioribus, sepalis et corollis magnis et floribus albis non caeruleis. Typus:

Northern Territory: Lake Surprise Area, 10 Mar 1973, N.M4. Henry 633 (holo:

NT 38267; iso: NSW,CANB).

Planta perennis. Caules repentes, modice et dense pilifert; pili bifurcati, brachiis appressis.

Folia simplicia; lamina oblonga ad ovato-oblonga, basi et apice obtusa ad abrupte acuta,

1-2.5 cm longa, 2.5-6 mm lata; petiolus 1-4 mm longus. Inflorescentia axillaris; pedun-

culus + absens, flore solitaris; bracteolae oppositae, lineares, acutae, 1-2 mm longae,

persistentes; pedicellus 2-5 mm longus. Sepala exteriora ovata, acuta, basin versus

contracta, 4.5-6 mm longa, 2~2.5 mm lata; interiora ovata, acuminata, amplitudinis

similaris. Corolla infundibuliformis, alba, ca 5-7 mm longa, limbus ca 8-10 mm latus,

taeniis meso-petalinis sericeis. Stamina 5; filamenta inaequalia, 3.5-5 mm longa, 1.5-2.5

mm supra basin corollae inserta. Ovarium ovoideum, 2-loculare; styli 2, 5~9 mm longi,

2-4 mm in parte inferiore connati, uterque stigmate globulari. Capsula ovoidea, basi

styli persistenti, ad apicem coma, 2-locularis, ca 5 mm alta. Semina 4, glabra.

Perennial with trailing branches, moderately to densely hairy; hairs biramous with

appressed arms. Leaves simple; lamina oblong to ovate oblong, obtuse to abruptly acute

at both apex and base, 1-2.5 cm long, 2.5-6 mm broad; petiole 1-4 mm long. Inflorescence

axillary; peduncle + absent: bracteoles opposite, linear, acute, 1-2 mm long, persistent

at fruiting; pedicel 2-5 mm long. Outer sepals ovate, acute, tapering towards the base,

4.5-6 mm long, 2~2.5 mm broad; inner sepals ovate, ‘acuminate, of similar size. Corolla

funnel-shaped, white, ca 5-7 mm long, limb ca 8-10 mm diameter, with a hairy mid

petaline band. Stamens 5; filaments unequal, 3.5-5 mm long, affixed 1.5-2.5 mm above

the base of the corolla. Ovary ovoid, 2-locular; styles 2, 5-9 mm long, fused in the lower

2-4 mm, each with a globular stigma. Capsule ovoid with a persistent style base, with

a tuft of hairs at the tip, 2-locular, ca 5 mm tall. Seeds 4, glabrous.

Selected Specimens. Northern Territory. 65 m [105 km] NW of Willowra, Jul 1958, Chippendale NT 4794

(NT,NSW); 40 m [64 km] NW The Granites, Mar 1962, Mahood NT 8735 (NT): Lake Surprise Area, Mar 1973,

Henry 633 €NT,NSW,CANB).

Distribution: An Australian endemic species currently known only from a restricted area

in the vicinity of Lake Surprise and The Granites in the Northern Territory.

Ecology: It has been recorded from hummock grassland on deep red sands and from

grey silty loams in dry depressions with Eucalyptus papuana.

Flowering and Fruiting: It flowers from spring to late summer with fruit being produced

in the summer and autumn.

Affinities: It resembles most closely B. oblongifolia Myint which is known only from

the type locality at Broome, Western Australia. It differs from B. oblongifolia in having

longer peduncles, sepals and corolla. It has white flowers, not blue as in B. oblongifolia.

Bonamia erecta R.W. Johnson, sp. nov. affinis B. roseae (F.Muell.) H. Hallier, sed floribus

et bracteolis parvioribus. Typus: Northern Territory: 8km E of Mt Olga circuit

road, 30 Sep 1979, R.W. Johnson 3369 (holo: BRI 255233; iso: BRI, DNA).

Planta perennis. Caules erecti vel ascendentes usque ad 60 cm alti, lignescentes, dense

coacti; pili bifurcati, brachiis ascendentibus. Folia simplicia; lamina oblonga, elliptica

vel ovato-elliptica, obtusa vel rotundata, basi rotundata, 5-15 mm longa, 3-11 mm lata,

utrinque coacta; petiolus absens vel raro usque ad 2 mm longus. Inflorescentia axillaris:

pedunculus + absens: bracteolae oppositae, peranguste triangulares ad lineares, acutae,

2-3 mm longae, persistentes: pedicellus usque ad 2 mm longus. Sepala exteriora, ovata

ad ovato-lanceolata, acuta, basi obtusa ad rotundata, 5-6 mm longa, 2-3 mm lata, coacta:

interiora ovata ad ovato-acuminata, longitudinis similaris sed basi latiora. Corolla

infundibuliformis, alba, 8-10 mm longa, limbus 10-12 mm latus, taenlis meso-petalinis

sericeis. Stamina 5: filamenta + aequilonga, 4.5—5 mm long, 3-4 mm supra basin corollae

inserta. Ovarium ovoideum ad subglobosum, 2-loculare; styli 2, inaequilonga, 6-8 mm

407

longi, 4-5 mm in parte inferiore connati, uterque stigmate globulari. Capsula conica, ad

apicem coma, 2-locularis. Semina 4, glabra.

Perennial with erect or ascending branches, to ca 60 cm tall. Branches becoming woody,

densely felted with biramous hairs, arms ascending. Leaves simple; blade oblong, elliptic

or ovate-elliptic, obtuse or rounded, rounded at the base, 5-15 mm long, 3-11 mm

broad, densely felted on both sides; petiole + absent, rarely to 2 mm. Inflorescence

axillary; peduncle + absent; bracteoles opposite, narrowly triangular to linear, acute, 2-3

mm long, persistent at fruiting; pedicel up to 2 mm long. Outer sepals ovate to ovate-

lanceolate, + acuminate, acute, base obtuse to rounded, 5-6 mm long, 2—3 mm broad,

densely felted; inner sepals ovate to ovate-acuminate, of simular length but broader at

the base. Corolla funnel-shaped, white, 8-10 mm long, limb 10-12 mm diameter, with

a sericeous mid-petaline band. Stamens 5, filaments + equal in length, 4.5-5 mm long,

affixed 3-4 mm above the base of the corolla. Ovary ovoid to sub-globular, 2-locular;

styles 2, unequal in length, 6-8 mm long, fused in the lower 4-5 mm, each with a

~<a stigma. Capsule conical, 2-locular with a tuft of hairs at the tip. Seeds 4,

abrous.

Selected Specimens. Northern Territory. 31.6 m [51 km Jet Bab Mt Patricia, May 1958, Chippendale NT 4297

(NT,BRI); ca 2 m [3 km] E of Ayers Rock, Sep 1968, Nicholls 973 (NT,BRI); 100 m [161 km] W of Ayers Rock,

Sep 1979, Afaconochie 742 (NT, PERTH); Between Hermannsburg Mission and Areyonga, 35 km from Her-

mannsburg, Sep £979, Johnson 3358 (BRI,NT); 8 km E of Mt Olga Circuit Rd, Sep 1979, Johnson 3369 (BRLINT).

South Australia. Far NORTH WEST: Musgrave Ranges, ca 65 km W of Musgrave Park, Sep 1963, W ibley 973

(AD), Eichler 17295 (AD). Western Australia, 5 m [8 km] W of Mt Webb, Jul 1967, George 9032 (NT, PERTH).

Distribution: An Australian endemic species, occurring throughout the desert regions of

the Northern Territory, Western Australia and South Australia.

Ecology: It occurs on red and yellow sand plains and dunes in hummock grasslands

(Triodia pungens), often with an overstorey of Acacia spp. and Casuarina decaisneana.

Flowering and Fruiting: It flowers in the spring and produces fruit in the autumn. No

collections have been made in the summer.

Affinities: It is most closely related to Bonamia rosea (F.Muell.) H. Hallier which is

found in coastal Western Australia. It differs from B. rosea in having smaller bracteoles

and corolla.

References

JESSOP, J. (1981). Flora of Central Australia. Sydney: A.H. & A.W. Reed.

408

Austrobaileya 2(4): 408-411 (1987)

TWO NEW SPECIES OF CONVOLVULUS L.

(CONVOLVULACEAE) FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA

R.W. Johnson

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068

Summary

Two species of Convolvulus, C. eyreanus and C. microsepalus are described as new. They are currently known

only from South Australia.

In preparing an account of Convolvulus for the Flora of South Australia (Johnson

1986), two taxa, which appeared to be undescribed, were segregated from the highly

variable material grouped under C. erubescens Sims. Prior to the publication of Flora

Australiensis Vol. [V (Bentham 1869), eight native taxa had been recognised but Bentham

chose to incorporate this variation within C. erubescens. This species was originally

described from a plant of New South Wales origin cultivated in 1806 in the Royal

Botanic Gardens, Kew. Since the release of the Flora of South Australia, type specimens

- of most of these taxa have been studied and none 1s representative of the two taxa

described in this paper.

Convolvulus eyreanus R.W. Johnson, sp. nov. affinis C. clementii Domin, sed foliis

sericeis et lobatis minus profunde. Typus: South Australia: Lake Frome East, ca

40 km ENE of Frome Downs Homestead, 23 Jul.1971, N.N. Donner 3531 (holo:

AD; iso: Altona Springs, Oshkosh 7.y.).

Planta perennis. Caules repentes et volubiles, dense sericei. Folia simplicia; lamina ovata

ad oblonga, acuta ad rotundata, mucronulata, margine serrato ad parvilobo, basi lobis

saepe plus promnentibus, 10-30 mm longa, 8-16 mm lata, utrinque dense sericea.

Inflorescentia axillaris, cymosa; pedunculus gracilis, 12-22 mm longus, 1-(2-3) floribus;

bracteolae anguste triangulares ad subulatae, 1-3 mm longae; pedicellus 1~10 mm longus.

Sepala exterlora concava, obovata ad obovato-elliptica, rotundata ad obtusa, apiculo

brevi recurvato, 4-5.5 mm longa; interiora obovata, abrupte acuminata, 3.5-4.5 mm

longa. Corolla infundibuliformis, albida ad rosea, 6-8 mm longa, limbus 8-9 mm latus,

praeter pilosum apicem taeniarum meso-petalinarum glabra. Stamina 5; filamenta leviter

inaequalia, 2-2.3 mm longa, 1.8-2 mm supra basin corollae inserta. Ovarium ovoideum,

2-loculare; stylus 2.7-3 mm longus, stigmata duo linearia 1-1.4 mm longa. Capsula

globularo-ovoidea, basi styli persistenti, 2-locularis, 6-7 mm alta, basi circumscissa,

bivalvis, dissepimento persistenti. Semina 4, alto-brunnea, 3.5-4 mm longa, glabra,

verrucosa, ala angusta, interrupta in marginibus exterioribus.

Perennial plant with trailing and twining, sericeous stems. Leaves simple; blade ovate

to oblong, acute to rounded, mucronulate, with a serrate to shallowly-lobed margin, the

basal lobes often more prominent, 10-30 mm long, 8-16 mm broad, densely sericeous

on both sides. Inflorescence axillary, cymose; peduncle slender, 12~22 mm long, bearing

1, rarely 2 or 3 flowers; bracteoles narrowly triangular to subulate, 1-3 mm long; pedicels

{1-10 mm long. Outer sepals concave, obovate to obovate-elliptic, apex rounded to obtuse

with a short recurved apiculum, 4—5.5 mm long; inner sepals obovate, abruptly acuminate,

3.5-4.5 mm long. Corolla funnel-shaped, off-white to pink, 6-8 mm long, limb 8-9 mm

diameter, glabrous except for some appressed hairs at the tip of the mid-petaline bands.

Stamens 5; filaments slightly unequal in length, 2-2.3 mm long, affixed 1.8-2 mm above

the base of the corolla. Ovary ovoid, 2-locular; style 2.7-3 mm long, bearing 2 linear

stigmas 1-1.4 mm long. Capsule globular-ovoid with a persistent style base, 2-locular,

6-7 mm high, circumscissile at the base, splitting into 2 valves with a persistent

dissepiment. Seeds 4, dark brown, 3.5-4 mm long, glabrous, verrucose, with a narrow,

interrupted wing on the outer margins. Fig. 1A-C.

409

set fF =r

baa

SM ht ety

ee ke

we nat

Fig. 1. Convolvulus eyreanus. A. Corolla showing limb and throat x 4. B. Inflorescence and subtending leaf x 4.

C, Leaf X 2. C. microsepalus: D. Leaf xX 2. E. Inflorescence and subtending leaf x 4.

Me a este see ease esi een ee eee ee a a ar

410

Selected specimens. South Australia. LAKE EYRE REGION: Far NE, Birdsville track, Mt Gason Bore ca 250 km

NE of Marree, Sep 1960, Filson 3330 (AD,MEL n.v.); Ca 30 km NW of Muloorina H.S., Sep 1963, Hill 1170

(AD); Callanna, Sep 1966, South Australian Pastoral Board s.n. (AD); Central Hunt Peninsula, just N of Muloorina

H.S., Sep 1968, Cornwall 109 (AD). GAIRDNER-TORRENS REGION: Mulgaria [30°14'S, 137°39E], Aug 1955, South

Australian Pastoral Board s.n. (AD), FLINDERS RANGE REGION: Ca 8 km W of Yadlakina Dam, ca 30 km NW

of Leigh Creek, Nov 1964, Lothian 3385 (AD). EASTERN REGION: Lake Frome East, ca 40 km ENE of Frome

Downs Homestead, Jul 1971, Donner 3531 (AD); Lake Frome East, Billeroo Creek Area, ca 45 km ENE of Frome

Downs Homestead, Jul 1971, Whibley 3455 (AD).

Distribution: It occurs throughout the north-eastern parts of South Australia in the basins

of Lake Eyre, Lake Torrens and Lake Frome.

Ecology: It has been recorded from sand dunes and on gibber plains in desert regions.

Flowering and Fruiting: Flowering occurs mainly in spring and early summer but flowers

can occur at most times of the year. Fruiting begins in the late spring.

Affinities: It most closely resembles C. clementii Domin but is clearly distinguished by

its dense silvery indumentum, and more serrate and more shallowly-lobed leaves. It

differs from C. erubescens Sims in having much smaller flowers, with petals less than

10 mm long. In the northern parts of the Eyre and Yorke Peninsulas is a form with

small, serrate, silvery leaves which may prove taxonomically distinct.

Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the name Eyre in Lake Eyre and the Eyre region

of South Australia, both named in honour of Edwin John Eyre (1815-1901), explorer.

Convolyulus microsepalus R.W. Johnson, sp. nov. affinis C. remoto R.Br., sed sepalis

multo parvioribus, emarginatis et glabris. Typus: South Australia, Flinders Ranges:

ca 51 km N of Quorn on the Quorn to Hawker road, 8 Nov 1970, A.E. Orchard

2626 (holo: AD; iso: NCU,COLO u.y7.).

Planta perennis. Caules repentes et volubiles, modice ad sparsim piliferi; pili breves,

appressi. Folia simplicia; lamina linearis ad anguste triangularis, acuta ad obtusa, basi

auriculata ad sagittata, lobis basi integris vel bidentatis, 10-50 mm longa, 3-20 mm lata,

indumentum idem atque in caule. Inflorescentia axillaris; pedunculus gracilis, 8-16 mm

longus, flore solitario; bracteolae anguste triangulares ad lineares, 0.7-1.5 mm longae;

pedicellus 3-8 mm longus. Sepala exteriora concava, lata ovata, apice rotundata, +

emarginata, 2-2.5 mm longa, 2-3 mm lata, glabra; interiora similaria sed parum parviora.

Corolla infundibuliformis, alba vel erubescens, 6-8 mm longa, + glabra. Stamina 5;

filamenta leviter inaequalia, 1,.8-2.2 mm longa, 1-1.5 mm supra basin corollae inserta.

Ovarium ovoideum, 2-loculare; stylus 1.5-2 mm longus; stigmata duo linearia, 1.2-1.7

mm longa. Capsula globulosa, basi styli persistenti, 2-locularis, 6-7 mm alta, basi

circumscissa, bivalvis, dissepimento persistenti. Semina 4, alto-brunnea ad mellea, 2.5-4

mm longa, glabra, verrucosa.

Perennial plant with trailing and twining, moderately to sparsely hairy stems; hairs short,

appressed, Leaves simple; blade linear to narrowly triangular, acute to obtuse, auriculate

to sagittate at the base, basal lobes entire or 2-toothed, rarely with a secondary pair of

ascending teeth or lobes, 10-50 mm long, 3-20 mm broad, indumentum as for the stems.

Inflorescence axillary; peduncle slender, 8-16 mm long, bearing a solitary flower; brac-

teoles subulate to linear, acute, 0.7-1.5 mm long; pedicel 3-8 mm long. Outer ‘sepals

concave, broadly ovate, rounded, + emarginate at the apex, 2—2.5 mm long, 2-3 mm

broad, glabrous; inner sepals similar in shape but slightly smaller. Corolla funnel-shaped,

white or pink, 6-8 mm long, + glabrous. Stamens 5; filaments slightly unequal in length,

1.8-2.2 mm long, affixed 1-1.5 mm above the base of the corolla. Ovary ovoid, 2-

locular; style 1.5-2 mm long, bearing 2 linear stigmas, 1.2—-1.7 mm long. Capsule globular

with a persistent style base, 2-locular, 6~7 mm tall, circumscissile at the base, splitting

into 2 valves, leaving a persistent dissepiment. Seeds 4, dark brown to honey-coloured,

3.5-4 mm long, glabrous, verrucose. Fig. 1D-E.

Specimens examined. South Australia. LAKE EYRE REGION: | km S of Paradise Creek, ca 40 km S of Marree,

Apr 1978, Badman (AD). NULLARBOR REGION: Nullarbor National Park, Murrawijinie Caves, Aug 1980, Donner

7173 (AD). FLINDERS RANGE REGION: 8ml [12.8 km] E of Wilmington, Mar 1959, Filson 809 (MEL, AD): ca 16

km N of Hawker, Apr 1966, Copley 192 (AD); Oak Park Homestead, ca 50 km S of Yunta, Mar 1969, Pfeiffer

sn. {AD): ca 51 km N of Quorn on the Quorn to Hawker road, Nov 1970, Orchard 2626 (AD,NCU COLO).

EASTERN REGION: ca 3 km N of Curnamona Homestead, Apr 1968, Orchard 211 (AD); ca 6 km NE of Curnamona

(Arkipena Springs road), Apr 1968, Barker 454 (AD). NORTHERN LOFTY REGION: Reserve between Gladstone

and Laura, Nov 1920, J.M. Black herb (AD).

411

Distribution: It is currently known only from South Australia.

Ecology: It grows in chenopod shrublands on sandy plains. Indications from the few

specimens collected are that it is not of common occurrence.

Flowering and Fruiting: The main flowering period is during the spring to early autumn

but occasional flowers have been recorded at other times. Capsules are produced from

the late spring onwards.

Affinities: It most closely resembles C. remotus R.Br. in leaf-shape and indumentum.

However the sepals of C. remotus are about twice as long, are apiculate, not + emarginate,

and are hairy. The flowers of C. remotus are also much larger. The sepals of C.

microsepalus most closely resemble those of C. arvensis L. but the latter has a corolla

at least twice as large. C. erubescens also has a much larger calyx and corolla.

Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the size of the sepals which are by far the

smallest for any species of Convolvulus recorded from Australia.

References

BENTHAM, G. (1869). Flora Australiensis 4: 428-431. London: L. Reeve & Co.

JOHNSON, R.W. (1986). Convolvulaceae. In J.P. Jessop & H.R. Toelken (eds.), Flora of South Australia Part

II: 1133-1145. Adelaide: South Australia Government Printing Division.

412

Austrobaileya 2(4): 412-415 (1987)

A NEW SPECIES OF ISOTROPIS BENTH. AND A NEW

RECORD OF DAVIESIA SMITH (FABACEAE: MIRBELIEAE)

FROM QUEENSLAND

M.D. Crisp

Australian National Botanic Gardens

GPO Box 1777, Canberra, ACT 2601

Summary

Isotropis foliosa is described as new and distinguished from its relatives. It is restricted to two known localities

in south-eastern Queensland. A key to Queensland species of Isofropis is provided. The discovery in Queensland

of Daviesia arthropoda F.Muell., a central Australian species, is reported.

Isotropis Benth. is a genus of about a dozen species distributed in western, central

and north-eastern Australia. Although belonging to the endemic Australian tribe Mir-

belieae, the genus is somewhat anomalous, and its position within the tribe is uncertain

(Crisp & Weston 1987). During a recent visit to the Queensland Herbarium, my attention

was drawn to an apparently undescribed species of Jsotropis. Subsequent examination

of a population in the field confirmed its novel status.

The newly discovered species, while showing all the essential characters of [sotropis,

is remarkable in two respects. One is that it extends the known range of the genus to

the south in eastern Australia. The other is that its leaves are more developed than

those of any of its congeners.

Isotropis foliosa Crisp, sp. nov.

Suffrutex ad 0.4 m altus cinereo-sericeus glabrescens. Foltis unifoliolatis. Foliolo deflexo

ovato, 12-35 mm longo, 10-23 mm lato, herbaceo. Floribus 12-15 mm longis, 2—10 vel

magis in racemis terminalibus (folio oppositis). Calyce 8-11 mm longo, cinereo-sericeo,

paene ad basin in labium supernum lineare emarginatum et lobos tres infernos angusto-

triangulares diviso. Vexillo latissime ovato, ca 13 mm longo, ca 16 mm lato; alis angusto-

obovatis, ca 13 mm longis; carina semi-elliptica, ca 12 mm longa. Staminibus 10 liberis

uniforibus; antheris versatilibus. Ovario ovulis plurimis. Legumine immaturo oblique

angusto-obovoideo, turgido, 15-25 mm longo, 4-6 mm lato. Typus: Queensland,

D’ Aguilar Range, ca 13 km NE of Ipswich, 29 Aug 1986, AZ_D. Crisp 7834 & LR. Telford

(holo: CBG; 1so: BRI,K).

Subshrub with several freely branched stems arising to 40 cm from a woody rootstock;

initially grey-sericeous, glabrescent. Leaves scattered, unifoliolate. Leaflet deflexed, ovate,

obtuse or acute, slightly undulate, truncate or very obtuse at the base, 12-35 mm X

{0-23 mm, sparsely sericeous, glabrescent, thin, soft, green. Petiole ascending, slender,

7-15 mm long. Petiolule geniculate at junction with petiole, ca 1 mm long. Stipules

inconspicuous, subulate, 1-2 mm long. Seedling leaves similar but smaller. Leaflet ca

10 mm X 7 mm. Petiole 4-6 mm long. Inflorescence a terminal (leaf-opposed) raceme,

with 2-10 or more flowers. Rachis 4-15 cm long. Bracts narrow-triangular, 2-3 mm

long. Anthesis acropetal, one flower open at a time. Flower 12-15 mm long. Pedicel 6-9

mm long. Bracteoles situated at summit of pedicel, subulate, ca 1.5 mm long. Calyx

divided to near base into an upper lip and three lower lobes, grey-sericeous; tube ca 2

mm long; lobes very slightly imbricate; upper lip linear, emarginate, 6-9 mm long; lower

lobes narrow-triangular, equal to upper lip, acute. Corolla: standard very broad-ovate,

retuse, slightly cordate, ca 13 mm X 16 mm including 2.5 mm claw, orange with purple

veins and a bright yellow spot at base; wings narrow-obovate, auriculate, ca 13 mm X

4 mm including 3 mm claw, orange-red, darker towards apex; keel half elliptic, falcate,

auriculate, ca 12 mm X 5 mm including 2.5 mm claws, dark red towards apex, pink

towards base. Stamens 10, free, + uniform; anthers versatile, with a conspicuous

connective, ca 1 mm long. Ovary shortly stipitate, fusiform, densely white-villous; ovules

Nn Mal A a a OA A I AN RAMA Beh th My Bye 8, 5 a BD a ut at | BG AGA RAN BT tN Pe PY Kb ya aa a A a ht

413

Atel ei wh WW hy My "ahh Mh hy WW May MEM "ty My My ay My By? 8 ay Me yy Mey

i. 1 :

SEMI

STEM OSTEO lod rath ;

—.

E. calyx, opened

tals. I. keel petals. All

. Wing pe

surface. C. flower. D. tmmature pod.

WA tw ,

Sl HE Say

SRS Noi Sah

SENN SNH

hyd fe

wey

SAY )

SO AY

” 4 ry Ly “

rn ” ' ¢ Ls, oy 74

oe aah Sy SION) , 4 Lil

o4 1 ' ae east ~.

: bo . " ; - ~aree yeas WM yy Sauls

is ns hy r ” h wile on a SRS i \,

Saute ET VI

a eee TS TAN

» M * , ee ate ms Mg, 4h.

: " * i 4 , ee oe i ied _~™ ~

’ % un 4 att gi aig Mr em ~~

fi a 3 Wane ey

re wey S | won te aati = Sl

Soe WRASSE Eta ses!

rer _ Fr read

: at a gy _ ead pon

ET sealant ase * we er eles a Lp tO ata e

yee ey A peenraeneyhi 4 e toe ' bi Steen ett of! see Se ap 7,4

| gee es Seat

or) 2 an “ we So,

‘on o f a tate te iil

) | Sree iN

" - " i a ee ys

ee , : ‘ aarp AEN

mee BE Se | Snes ty

7 . P ' AE | 1)

1 at A yt hy

wrt Hh he ae A, vit x

soe use sep plt 7 yes

, ; ate pg if iy)

ayaa

Ree eyy

ity’

ng shoot. B. leaf, upper

OWeF!

losa: A. fl

, upper lip at left. F. pedicel with bract and bracteoles. G. standard petal. H

scale bars represent 1 cm. Ali from Crisp 7834 (the type).

Fig. 1. Isofropis fol

out

414

numerous; style slender, incurved, lower half villous; stigma small, terminal. Immature

pod obliquely narrow-obovoid, turgid, tapered at both ends, beaked with the persistent

style, 15-25 mm X 4-6 mm (not including beak or stipe). Stipe ca 2 mm long; covered

with fine, white, slightly spreading hairs. Seed not seen. Fig. 1.

Specimens examined. Queensland. MORETON DistRIcT: D’Aguilar Range, ca 13 km NE of Ipswich, between

Kholo Creek and Wirrabara Road, 5 km E of Mt Crosby summit, 27°32’S, 152°32’E, Aug 1986, Crisp 7834 &

Telford (BRI,CBG, K), Crisp 7835 & 7836 (CBG), foothills of D’ Aguilar Range, 4km S of Mt Glorious, 27°20,

152°49’E, Sep 1982. Young 611 (BRI!; K,LE,;SMEXU,MO,NSW,SP n.y.).

Habitat: On foothill slopes vegetated by tall open eucalypt forest. At the type locality,

the population is scattered over a steep west-facing midslope, on skeletal to very stony

clay-loam. The dominant trees include Eucalyptus maculata, E. microcorys, E. intermedia,

grey gums, ironbarks and Lophostemon confertus. The understorey 1s mostly dominated

by Imperata cylindrica.

Affinities: [sotropis foliosa differs from all other species in the genus in its manifestly

leafy appearance. To some extent, it resembles the central Australian J. atropurpurea,

which has a comparable habit and similarly shaped leaves. However, J. atropurpurea

differs in being conspicuously tomentose, rather thick in all its vegetative parts, and in

having smaller flowers (8-10 mm lon ). There are four other species of Jsotropis in

Queensland: f. fAlicaulis Benth., I. parviflora Benth., I. wheeleri F.Muell. and I. winneckei

F.Muell. None has flowers more than 10 mm long and all have inconspicuous, narrow

(mostly linear) leaves.

Conservation status: Endangered, coded 2E (criteria from Leigh eft a/. 1984). As this

species is known from only two very small populations, 1t must be considered endangered.

In the Mt Glorious area, it was ‘recorded from only one very small area’ (label of Young

611). At the type locality, the population consists of perhaps 50 plants. It is in State

Forest, subject to management practices such as logging and prescribed burning. In fact,

the site had been fired within the previous few months; fortunately, the plants of J.

foliosa were sprouting from their rootstock. A Scout camp adjacent to the type locality

puts additional pressure on the population. Cuttings have been taken with the intention

of establishing the species at the Australian National Botanic Gardens.

Etymology: The specific epithet is Latin, meaning leafy. In J. foliosa, the leaves are larger

and more obvious than in any other species of Jsotropis, many of which have leaves

reduced to phyllodes.

Key to Queensland species of Isotropis

1. Flowers 12-15 mm long. Leaves conspicuous, ovate, 10-23 mm broad.

SOULEA-CAS EGET ROI ee ct Me chat Madea NUM scl ety Gan ou ade ntisanetne et Uatcalis I. foliosa

Flowers 5-10 mm long. Leaves inconspicuous, linear or rarely narrow-

elliptic, mostly less than 5S MM DrOad oo... seesessssecceucceetsetesceeneesesscesseeeenscesees 2

2, Leaves not noticeably unifoliolate; petiole 0-3 mm long. Plant tomentose.

PUDNG PMC EEO esha st a teeda tea eastsv acs nnels fons Saemattataee anchscicliel fess tecestoaavetaziesd I. wheeleri

Leaves noticeably unifoliolate by an articulation near the petiole apex;

petiole 2-10 mm long. Plant sericeous to glabrescent ..............ccccseccssssseesesssesreeens 3

3. Leaflet blade 6-10 mm long. Body of pod constricted near base. Arid

TTECETION, 25. tsasanesinngitepsser| adeeedohankienesienseat sabia badantisd ster tuapebesweenaces4apihedaarbedes I. winneckel

Leaflet blade 10-40 mm long. Pod tapered at base but not constricted

above it. Near-coastal regions. ........cccccccccccccecsstssesueccseeseaassccssesavestsuaeeusessesescesseacneeaes 4

4. Flowers subtended by bracts in longish (to 8 cm) open racemes. Central

ANE “SOUTH-CASTOLTIE OIG occa sosa'er cvevpecccrcecesedinideacessveccdsadepeceegylochaieseritasecaeevens I. filicaulis

Flowers axillary or leaf-opposed. Gulf of Carpentaria...............ccsccceseesenes I. parviflora

415

Dayiesia arthropoda in Queensland

Daviesia arthropoda F.Muell., Fragm. 8: 225 (1874). Type: In monte Olgae, E.Giles

(holo: MEL). |

This is a rare species of central Australian sand dunes. Until recently, it had been

recorded only from the south-western corner of the Northern Territory, the immediately

adjacent part of Western Australia and the Maralinga area in South Australia (Crisp

1981, Weber 1986). Now, an old unidentified collection by S.T. Blake from western

Queensland has been located in the perm Herbarium. The material, which is in

fruit, appears typical for D. arthropoda and comes from the usual sand dune habitat.

This find is remarkable because it represents an extension of some 1000 km to the

known range of what is still a rare plant.

Daviesia arthropoda is closely related to D. ulicifolia. For a key, descriptions and

illustrations of these species, see Crisp (1981) or Weber (1986).

Queensland. GREGORY SOUTH/MITCHELL DISTRICT BOUNDARY: Between Retreat and Jundah, on low sandhill,

Jul 1936, Blake 12071 (BRI).

Acknowledgements

I wish to thank Lloyd Bird for kindly providing detailed directions to the Kholo

Creek locality. I am grateful to the Director of the Queensland Herbarium for the loan

of specimens, and to Bill McDonald for drawing my attention to Jsotropis foliosa. Thanks

also to Susan House for preparing the illustration. The production of this manuscript

was made possible by a grant from the Nell and Hermon Slade Trust.

References

CRISP, M.D. (1981). Papilionaceae (Fabaceae), pp. 142-176. In J.P.Jessop (ed.), Flora of Central Australia. Sydney:

Reed. 7

CRISP, M.D. & WESTON, P.H. (1987). Cladistics and legume systematics, with an analysis of the Bossiaeeae,

Brongniartieae and Mirbelieae, pp. 65-130. In C.Stirton (ed.), Advances in Legume Systematics, Part 3. Kew:

Royal Botanic Gardens.

LEIGH, J.H., BODEN, R.W. & BRIGGS, J.D. (1984). Extinct and Endangered Plants of Australia. Melbourne:

Macmillan. |

WEBER, J.Z. (1986). Leguminosae subfam. Papilionoideae, pp. 569-709. In J.P.Jessop & H.R.Toelken (eds.},

Flora of South Australia. Adelaide: Govt. Printer.

416

Austrobaileya 2(4): 416 (1987)

NOTES

Paramignya Wight (Rutaceae: Citreae) in Australia.

Armstrong (1975) admitted Paramignya trimera (Oliver) Burkill to the Australian

flora, stating that it was known ‘only from the Montague Sound area of northern W.A.’

He followed George & Kenneally (1975) who recorded it as new for the flora of Western

Australia. Armstrong also noted the confusion about the taxonomic status of Atalantia

in Australia. Burkill (1931) satisfactorily distinguished Atalantia from Paramignya on

characters of the fruit, but fruits are not often available on herbarium specimens.

Notes and drawings at the Queensland Herbarium made by C. T. White at Kew

in 1939 indicate that Atalantia recurva Benth. is conspecific with Paramignya trimera.

The synonymy Is:

Paramignya trimera (Oliver) Burkill, Gardens’ Bull. 5: 212 (1931).

Atalantia trimera Oliver, J. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 5. suppl. 2: 23 (1861).

Atalantia recurva Benth., Fl. Austral. 1: 370 (1863).

Collectors have described the plant as a tree to 8 m, a shrub or a liane with

greenish-yellow, cream or white fragrant flowers. It occurs in ‘dry scrubs’ (monsoon

forest, deciduous vine thicket, semi-deciduous notophyll vine thicket) on coastal sands

and, in Western Australia, on lateritised basalt. It ranges from the Kimberley region of

Western Australia to Groote Eylandt. It has not been recorded from Queensland but

can be expected on the west coast of Cape York Peninsula.

Specimens examined (all BRI). Northern Territory. Alyangula Beach, Groote Eylandt, Sep 1981, Fosberg 62185

& Buckley; Roper River, Gulliver, Wessel Island, 11°12’S, 136°42’E, Oct 1972, Latz 3433; Yirrkala, 12°12’S,

136°47’E, Aug 1948, Specht 992; west bank near mouth of West Alligator River, 12°15’S, 132°15’E, May 1978,

Webb & Tracey 12327. Western Australia. Walsh Point-Port Warrender road, 14°36’S, 125°46’E, May 1981,

Tracey 15081 & 15190; near Crusher Pool, Mitchell Plateau, 14°53’S, 125°46’E, May 1981, Tracey 15226; between

Port Warrender & Mitchell Plateau, 14°35’S, 125°43’E, Tracey 15020; Cape Laveque, 16°25’S, 122°55’E, Jul 1973,

Gill comm, Webb & Tracey 13143.

ARMSTRONG, J.A. (1975). The family Rutaceae in Australia. Australian Plants 8: 215-236.

BURKILL, I.H. (1931). An enumeration of the species of Paramignya, Atalantia and Citrus, found in Malaya.

Gardens Bulletin 5: 212-223.

GEORGE, A.S. & KENNEALLY, K.F. (1975). The flora of Prince Regent Reserve, north-western Kimberley,

Western Australia. Wildlife Research Bulletin (Western Australia). No.3: 31-68.

L. Pedley

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068

417

Austrobaileya 2(4) 417-418 (1987)

BOOK REVIEW

THE EUROPEAN GARDEN FLORA. Volume 1. Edited by S.M. Walters et al. pp.

430 & xv. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 1986.

This is the second volume of the Flora to be published. The first (Volume 2)

which covers the remainder of the monocotyledons was published in 1984. The Flora

attempts to provide a scientifically accurate and up-to-date means for the identification

of plants cultivated for amenity in Europe and promises to be a worthy complement to

Flora Europaea. Comparisons with Flora Europaea are inevitable as the two are similar

in many ways. As well as having the same publisher it has an editorial committee of a

dozen well known British botanists with seven equally well known advisers from seven

countries of continental Europe. A bias towards plants grown in the British Isles might

be expected as all but one of the 33 contributors.to this volume are based there.

The Flora has been well planned. The aims of the work and its format are

discussed 1n some detail in four introductory pages. Families and higher groups are

arranged in the Engler and Prantl system as expressed in Melchior (edition 12). Other

more modern systems are available but since the Engler and Prantl system has been so

widely used, compatibility with other works 1s assured. All taxa are fully described except

for some that are closely allied to described ones. A shorter diagnostic description is

given for these. Keys to families, genera and species are provided. As well as the formal

keys an ‘informal’ key is given for most large groups of species. These are in fact

multiaccess keys and are useful in identifying infertile material. The contributor of each

genus is acknowledged. The sequence of species within genera appears to be at the whim

of the contributor. In Juniperus (contributor: H.J. Welch) the 19 species are arranged in

the order they appear in the key. On the other hand the 18 species of Yucca (J. Cullen)

key out in the following sequence: 18, 16, 12, 17, 8, 9, 10, 2, 15, 1, 4, 14, 2, 3, 6, S.

The species are not arranged alphabetically. Perhaps the editorial committee could look

at this point in future volumes. Of particular value are the references to taxonomic

books and articles cited for each genus and family. Some of the lists are quite long. For

example, for Galanthus there are 11 references covering the period 1894 to 1982. Authors

of all names of taxa at and below genus level are given. The problem of abbreviatin

authors’ names has been recognised and neatly solved. Instead of following the Drafi

index of author abbreviations compiled at... Kew with all its quirks, as has been done

in the Flora of Australia, the editors have given authors’ surnames in full without initials.

Exceptions are some common names such as Brown, Foster and Smith. I wonder why

there are so many botanical Smiths and so few Joneses. The need to simplify author

citation has also resulted in the omission of those awkward and useless exs and ins.

Instead of, for example, (Lindley in Mitchell) F.Muell ex Benth. we get (Lindley) Bentham.

The practice is in accordance with the International Code of Botanical Nomenclature

and might be adopted with profit by editors and authors generally. Synonyms and

misapplied names are given with the accepted name. Because of the difficulties of

providing vernacular names in all the necessary languages they are not included. It could

be argued that, since the text is in English, vernacular names in English could have been

provided. Illustrations in the Flora are limited to clear line drawings emphasising

characters useful in identification and to silhouettes of fern fronds. There are some good

diagrammatic illustrations in the glossary. References to good published iliustrations are

also given. Many of these are to publications, such as Botanical Magazine and Botanical

Eustrephus, Geitonoplesium and Anigozanthos, however, references are made to modern

Australian works. The book is remarkably free from errors, but among the Australian

references I found C.A. Gardner’s name spelt wrongly.

The design of the book bears comment. As in Flora Europaea the volumes are

large with pages 275 mm X 220 mm. The typeface is neat and the text is easy to read,

possibly because of the sparing use of italics and bold face. The introductory text is

arranged in two columns, right hand justified. The effect is pleasing. The main body of

the text, however, is arranged in three columns, not right-hand justified with ragged

edges. The effect is not pleasing at all.

418

So much for the content and layout of the volume. Does it work? In south-eastern

Queensland where one of the more aggressive weeds of gardens is Nephrolepis exaltata

which is given a Flora hardiness rating GI (‘needs a cool glasshouse even in southern

Europe’), finding plants to test keys and descriptions 1s dificult. Ferns are the exception.

Many species are grown in glasshouse in Europe and out of doors here. They can be

identified from the Flora without much difficulty. The illustrations are a great help.

Delving into other families, Iridaceae, Agavaceae and Cupressaceae, proved equally

rewarding. It is surprising that Callitris is not cultivated in European gardens. C.

monticola, and, perhaps, C. baileyi and C. oblonga would make good tub plants in cool

glasshouses 1n southern Europe.

The European Garden Flora is a well presented, easy to use, scholarly work highly

recommended to serious horticulturalists particularly in temperate regions. Two volumes

have been published and another three or four will probably be needed to treat the

dicotyledons. The work may therefore prove rather too expensive for most people. What

is urgently needed is a work similar to L.H. Bailey’s Manual of Cultivated Plants, still

a most useful volume though last revised more than 35 years ago.

L. Pedley

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068

CORRIGENDUM

Austrobaileya 2(3) (1986)

p203. latin diagnosis. The third line should read® voici... eecccesssssseeesereceeeesentreeceeneens in vel

sub inflorescentia dispositis deficientibus et fructy woo... cessscsssescccccsseecscccssasseessseseccccceecs :

p205. Line 23 should be altered to read ‘uu... eeecensccseceesseccenseuecseastes petals twice the

number of calyx lobes, glabrous, white, inserted in a single whorl at the mouth of the

HOTAL TWHEs NATO WW ClAVALES:. oc. scccsssedstnsavsnacaunders feaaanpeecarostarenttadartatsthenes Ais dheegedisialdivesiydarelee ;

Line 31 should read * ou... sculptured, 60-65 tm diameter; «0.0... eee ;

Line 48 should read ¢ ............. Clarkson 4584 (A,BRI,;CANB,DNA,F,K,L,MEL .............

p249, p251. The line drawings on these pages have been reversed. The caption on p249

refers to the line drawing on p251 while the caption on p251 refers to the line drawing

on p249.

p276. Line 11 should read ‘ .............. Clarkson 4989 (BRI,CANB,DNA,L, MO,PERTH,

CIES SADT) 5 cishslcsvisiostkcs!ovecteausioyead beans

The second part of Couplet 4 should read ‘Ovulles 6 OF MOLE ou... cecccseessssaetscasrsceeeses

o. A. Hampson, Government Printer, Queensland—1987

H-182

Notes for Authors

Austrobaileya publishes original papers in systematic botany and related fields.

Preference will be given to papers relating to the flora of Queensiand. All papers are

refereed and the editorial committee reserves the right to reject papers.

Manuscripts must be submitted in duplicate to The Editor, Austrobaileya, Queens-

land Herbarium, Department of Primary Industries, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld

4068. They must be typewritten, double-spaced, with 2.5 cm margins and no underlining.

All illustrations should be submitted with the text.

For style and layout the most recent number of Austrobaileya should be followed:

in particular the use of subheadings for distribution, etymology, etc.

Where possible illustrations should be submitted in a size suitable for reproduction

without reduction in size. The maximum size of a printed illustration is 12.5 cm x 18.5

cm. Do not put lettering on the illustration but indicate separately on a photocopy or

overlay. The illustrations should be cited in the text and have brief easily understood

captions. A typed list of captions must be supplied. All illustrations, both line drawings

and photographs are to be numbered as figures in a common sequence. Published

illustrations remain the property of the Queensland Herbarium.

Tables should be as simple as possible. Long and/or complicated tables should

be avoided. The tables should be numbered consecutively and each should be cited in

the text.

Titles of journals cited in the text should be abbreviated according to Botanico-

Periodicum-Huntianum (Hunt Botanical Library, 1968) while names of books should be

abbreviated in accordance with F.A. Stafleu and R.S. Cowan, Taxonomic Literature, edn

2(W. Junk, 1976-_ ). In bibliographies the titles of both journals and books should be

given in full. The author should check to ensure that all entries in the bibliography are

referred to in the text and all references to papers or books in the text are entered in

the bibliography.

Use author abbreviations as listed in Draft Index of Author Abbreviations compiled

at the Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew (HMSO, 1980).

CONTENTS

Pseuduvaria Mii samaaianacgiiis da in Australia

phe Gf pag Jessup ,

rrna deltoideum (Cunn. ex G.Don) Pedley (Leguminosae: “Mimo

Rac OSP*. er oide2e) and related species in northern Australia

,. Pedley

oe ne Martius iis ul Wick cag wie

«a pindaceae, V

Notes Qn? Reynolds eee

species of Notelaea Vent. iinet from south-eastern Queensland

Two ne Pp. Guymer......

erma Martius CORgUTUnOSAS; anaamtiatinnit in itiaanacaait a checklist

Racosl” pedley ddd doe Re RAL. her 4G, Wl pS aT A Setanta

erma Martius (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in New Zealand: a

Race SP Cneckilist

To. Pediey

and status of Adiantum whitei Sinai: paaienisinns

RedisCOVS Bostock... 0... |

scion of the Australian Vitaceae, 2. eas iieiai Juss.

Revision,’ Jackes. . i ri eel lee PTV ENS ba

d checklist of Queensland Hepaticae

Peas Ye | ea OD

on the Australian Asclepiadaceae, II. A new combination in Gymnema

R.Br.

p.J. Forster. .

Studies

new species of Bonamia Thouars (Convolvulaceae) from Central

Three Australia

R.W. Johnson.

species of Convolvulus L. eihaad eases from South Australia

Two ew. Fohnson . . ot ere ee

| species of Isotropis Benth. and a new record of Daviesia Smith

A ne (Fabaceae, Mirena, from Queshniand

M.D. Crisp . TEREST ae. oh es.

NOTES | | | |

mignya Wight (Rutaceae: Citreae) in Australia

Para 1. PRONE dative ek Sk bs be deg hee os

Book Review

Corrigendum

Page

307

314

321

328

339

344

358

360

365

380

401

405

408

412

416

417

418

QUEENSLAND HERBARIUM

PUBLICATIONS FOR SALE

Keys to Cyperaceae, Restionaceae & Juncaceae of Queensland. Botany Bulletin No. 5

by P.R. Sharpe (1986), 47pp., illustrated, card cover.

Moreton Region Vegetation Map Series - Summary Report and Species Checklist for

Caloundra, Brisbane, Beenleigh and Murwillumbah by W.J.F. McDonald & J.A.

Elsol (1984), 247 pp., card cover.

Vegetation Survey of Queensland - South Central Queensland. Botany Bulletin No. 3

by V.J. Neldner (1984), 291 pp., illustrated, including a map, card cover.

Vegetation Survey of Queensland - South West Queensland. Botany Bulletin No. 4 by

D.E. Boyland (1984), 151 pp., illustrated, including a map, card cover.

Suburban Weeds by H.E. Kieinschmidt (1983), 65 pp., illustrated, soft cover.

Flora of South-eastern Queensland by T.D. Stanley & E.M. Ross.

Volume | (1983), 545 pp., illustrated, hard cover.

Volume 2 (1986), 623 pp., illustrated, hard cover.

The Flora of Lamington National Park by W.J.F. McDonald and M.B. Thomas (1981),

39 pp., paper cover.

Weeds of Queensland by H.E. Kleinschmidt & R.W. Johnson (1979), 469 pp., illustrated,

hard cover.

Wildflowers of South-eastern Queensland by B.A. Lebler.

Volume | (1977), 101 pp., illustrated, soft cover.

Volume 2 (1981), 76 pp., illustrated, soft cover.

Enquiries regarding the cost and ordering of these publications should be directed

to Information Centre, Queensland Department of Primary Industries, G.P.O. Box 46,

Brisbane Q. 4001.

Editorial Committee

L. Pediey (Editor)

E.M. Ross

T.D. Stanley

Word Processing

G.L. Smit

C.G. Watkins

Austrobaileya 2(3) was published on 24 July 1986